KfV.-HCTT-lK..^

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Biological Society of Washington.

rUnLISHED WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

Volume II.
July i, 1882, to July i, 1884.

c

WASHINGTON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.

1885.

JUDD & DETVVEILER, PRINTERS,
WASHINGTON, D. C.

PUBLICATION COMMITTBB.

RICHARD RATHBUN. ROMYN HITCHCOCK.

CHARLES V. RILEY. WILLIAM H. SEAMAN

WILLIAM H. DALL. HENRY G. BEYER.

CONTENTS

Page.

Officers and Council elected January, 1884 vil

Standing Committees, 1884 viil

L.ist of Members, January 25, 1884 '^

Additional List of Members, corrected to July i, 1884 xx\'

Constitution xxvii

Proceedings, October 13, 1882, to May 31, 1884 xxxi

Addresses and communications I

Tlie Principles of Zoogeography, Annual Address of the President, Theo-
dore Gill, January 19, 1883 . I

Certain phases in the geological history of the North American Continent,

biologically considered, Annual Address of the President, Charles A.

White, January 25, 1884 41

Notes on North American Psyllida;, C. V. Riley (April 10, 1884") 67

Remarks on the bag-worm, 7 Iiyridopteryx ep/ic/ncra-Jorniis, C. V. Riley

(April 10,1884) 80

List of plants added to the flora of Washington from April i, 1882, to

April I, 1884, Lester F. Ward (April 10, 1884) 84

Description of a new genus and species of pediculate fishes i^llalieutclla

lappa), G. Brown Goode and Tarleton H. Bean 88

Descriptions of some new North American birds, R. Ridgway (April 10,

1884) 89

Description of a new American kingfisher, R. Ridgway (April 10, 1884) 95

Note on Psaltripariis grindcc Belding, R. Ridgway (April 10, 18S4) 96

Note on the generic name, Calodrofiias, R. Ridgway (April 10, 1884) ._ 97

Diagnoses of new species of birds from Kamtschatka and the Commander

Islands, Leonhard Stejneger (April 10, 1884) 97

Diagnoses of three new species of fishes from the. Gulf of Mexico, T. IL

Bean and H. G. Dresel (April 10, 1884) 99

A review of the American cross-bills {Loxia) of the L. curvirostra type,

R. Ridgway (April 28, 1884) loi

Note on the Anas hyperborcus Pall., and Anser albatus Cass., R. Ridg-
way (April 28, 1884) 107

Remarks on the type specimens of Afitscicapa fidvifrons Giraud, and

Mitrephorus pallesccns Coues, R. Ridgway (April 28, 1884) loS

Note regarding the earliest name for Carpodacus hamorrhotis (Wagler),

R. Ridgway (April 28, 1SS4) : no

On some Hydrocorallina.' from Alaska and California, W. H. Dall (April

28, 18S4) III

Some results by massage et contre-coup, W. S. Barnard 116

■•■Author's extras of eaeli of the special papers liere enumerated were publislied at
the dates given in parentheses following the author's name.

V

^14^1

LIST

OF THE

Officers and Council

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

Elected January ii, 1884.

OFFICERS.

PRESIDENT.

CHARLES A. WHITE.

VICE PRESIDENTS.

WILLIAM H. BALL. LESTER F. WARD.

THEODORE GILL. CHARLES V. RILEY.

hECRETARIKS.

G. BROWN GOODE. RICHARD RATHBUN.

TREASURER.

TARLETON H. BEAN.
COUNCIL.

CHARLES A. WHITE, President.

TARLETON H. BEAN. RICHARD RATHBUN.

WILLIAM II. DALE. CHARLES V. RILEY.

THEODORE GILL. JOHN A. RYDER.

G. BROWN GOODE. FREDERICK W. TRUE.

OTIS T. MASON; GEORGE VASEY.

D. WEBSTER PRENTISS. LESTER F. WARD.

VII

STANDING COMMITTEES.

COMMITTER ON COMMUNICATIONS.

CHARLES V. RILEY, Chairman.
G. BROWN GOODE. RICHARD RATH BUN.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS.

RICHARD RATH BUN, Chairman.
CHARLES V. RILEY. FRANK BAKER.

G. BROWN GOODE. J. W. CHICKERINf;, Jr

WILLIAM S. BARNARD.

COMMITTEE ON LECTURES.

G. BROWN GOODE, Chairman.
OTIS T. MASON. RICHARD RATHBUN.

LESTER F. WARD. FREDERICK W. TRUE.

COMMITTEE ON THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF WASHlNGTt)N.
«

LESTER F. WARD, Chairman.
EDWARD FOREMAN. WILLIAM SMITH.

FRANKLIN B. HOUGH. GEORGE VASEY.

VIII

LIST OF MEMBERS

OF THE

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

J^lSrXJARY 25, 1884.

Date of Election.
i88i, Jan. 14.

1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Dec. 22.

1882, April 8.

1882, April 28.

1881, Feb. 25.

1881, Feb. 25.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

Baird, Spencer Fui.lerton, M. D., LL. D., M. N. A. S.,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and Director of the
U. S. National Museum ; U. S. Commissioner of Fish and
Fisheries ; Foreign Member of the Zoological and Linnean
Societies of London. Smithsonian Institution, and 144J
Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS,,

Agassiz, Alexander, A. B., S. B., M. N. A. S., Curator 0!
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge ; Foreign
Member of the Zoological and Linnean Societies of London.
Cambridge, Massachtisetts.

Allen, Harrison, M. D., Professor of Physiology in the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, iiy South Twentieth Street, Phil-
adelphia, Pennsylvania.

Allen, Joel Asaph, M. N. A. C'., C. M. Z. S., Assistant in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge ; Presi-
dent of the American Ornithologists' Union; Editor of
"The Auk." Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Brewer, William Henry, Ph. D., M. N. A. S., Professor
of Agriculture in the Sheffield Scientific School, Yale College,
New Haven. Netv Haven, Connecticut.

Brewster, William.
chu setts.

61 Sparks Street, Cambridge, Massa-

Brooks, William Keith, Ph. D., Associate Professor of
Biology and Director of the Marine Laboratory of Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore. Baltimore, Maryland.

IX

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
1882, Jan. 6.

1882, Dec. 22.

1 88 1, April 14.

18S2, Jan. 6.

1881, Mar. II.

52, Jan.

1884, Jan.
1882, Jan.

II.

1883, Jan. 5.

1881, April 8.
1883, Dec. 14.

1882, Dec. 22.
1882, Mar. 31.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS— Continued.

CoLLETT, Robert, C. M. Z. S. , Conservator of the Zoological
Museum of the University of Christiania. Christiania,

Cope, Edward Drinker, M. A., M. N. A. S., C. M. Z. S.,
Editor of " The American Naturalist." 2/00 Pine Street,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Derby, Orville Adelbert, M. S., Curator of the Geologi-
cal Section of the National Museum of Brazil. Rio tie
Janeiro, Brazil.

Fari.ow, William Gilson, A. M., M. D., M. N. A. S.,
Professor of Cryptogamic Botany in Harvard University.
Cavibridge, Alassachttseits.

GioLiOLi, Enrico Hillyer, D. Sc, C. M. Z. S., Director of
the Royal Zoological Museum of Vertebrates, and Professor
of Vertebrate Zoology in the Royal Institute, Florence. R.

htitiito di Stitdi Superior!, Florence, Italy.

Gray, Asa, M. D., LL. D., M. N. A. S., Fisher Professor
of Natural History in Harvard University ; Foreign Mem-
ber of the Royal Society of London, and of the Institute of
France. Botanic Garden, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

HuBRECHT, A. A. W., C. M. Z. S.,&c., Professor of Natural
History in the University of Utrecht. Utrecht, Holland.

Hyatt, Alphrus, S. B., M. N. A. S., Professor of Zoology
and Paleontology in the Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology ; Custodian of the Boston Society of Natural History ;
President of the Society of Naturalists of the Eastern United
States. Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Jordan, David Starr, M. S., M. D., Professor of Natural
History in Indiana State University. Bloomington, Indiana.

Lawrence, Georce N., C. M. Z. S. 4J East 21st St., New
York Citv.

Lyman, Hon. Theodore, A. M., M. N. A. S., Member of
Congress from Massachusetts. 1407 Massachusetts Avenue
N^, IV., Washitigton.

Martin, Henry Newell, A. M., M. D., D. Sc, Professor of
Biology in Johns Hopkins University. Baltimore, Maryland.

Morse, Edward S., Ph. D., M. N. A. S.. Director of the Pea-
body Academy of .Science, Salem. Salem, Massachusetts.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XI

Date of Election.
1883, Nov. 30,

1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Dec. 22.

18S2, Mar. 3.

1 88 1, Feb. 25.

18S2, Mar. 31.

1882, April 28.

1882, Mar. 3.

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS— Continued.

MosELEY, Henry Nottidge, A. M., F. R. S., F. L. .S.,
F. Z. S., Sec, Linacre Professor of Human and Comparative
Anatomy in the University of O.^ford. /./, SL Giles, Ox-
ford, England.

Packard, Alpiieus Spring, Jr., A. M., M. D., M. N. A. S.,
Professor of Zoology and Geology in Brown University,
Providence; Editor of " The American Naturalist." Provi-
dence, Rhode Island.

ScuDDER, Samuel Hubbard, A. M., M. N. A. S., President
of the Boston Society of Natural History ; Editor of
"Science." Cambridge, JMassachusetts.

Smith, Sidney Irving, Ph. B. Professor of Comparative
Anatomy in Yale College, New Haven. Nczu Haven, Con-
necticut.

Velie, John W., M. D., Secretary and Curator of the Chicago
Academy of Sciences. 26J Wabash Avenue, Chicago, Illi-
nois.

Verrill, Addison Emory, A. M., S. B., M. N. A. S. Pro-
fessor of Zoology and Curator of the Zoological Collections
in Yale College, New Haven. Nezu Haven, Connecticut.

Watson, Sereno, Ph. D., M. N. A. S. Curator of the Her-
barium of Harvard University. Botanic Garden, Cambridge,
Mass a ch usetts.

Wilson, Edmund Beecher, Ph. D. Acting Professor of
Natural History in Williams College. Williainstown, Mas-
sachusetts.

1883, Jan. 19.
1883, Dec. 28.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.*

Acker, George N., A. M., M. D., Demonstrator of Practical
Physiology and Pathological Histology, National Medical
College. 140J yVt'ii' York Avenue iV. IV.

AcKERMAN, Albert Ammerman, En'-ign, U. S. Navy, on
duty on U. S. Fish Commission Steamer "Albatross."
Smithsonian Institution .

* When not otherwise expre.s.sly stated, all addresses arc in Washington. By the words
"Original Member" are designated those wlio attended the meetings for organization,
November 2G and December 3, 1880.

XII

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election,
18S3, Jan. 19.
Orig. Member.

1 88 1, Jan. 14.

1882, Mar.
1881, Nov.

II.

Orig. Member.

1883, Jan. 5.

1881, Mar. 25.

1881, Nov. II.

1884, Jan. II.

1883, Mar. 2.

1882, Mar. 17.

i8Ci,Jan. 14.

1882, Jan. 20.

1882, Feb. 17.

j88l,Nov, II.

ACTIVE MEBIBEitS— Contiiuied.
Ames, Delano, Student. 1600 ijth Street N. IV.

AsHFORD, Francis Asbury, M. D. Dean of Faculty and
Professor of Surgery in the Medical Department of the
University of Georgetown. Died, 1883.

Baker, Frank;, M. D., Professor of Anatomy in tlie Medical
Department, University of Georgetown. Office of Light
House Board, and j 26 C Street N. W.

Barker, John Shepard, Law Student. 7/5 H Street N. W.

Barnard, William Stebiuns, S. B., Ph. D. Assistant Ento-
mologist, U. S. Department of Agriculture, giy New York
Avemie.

Bean, Tarleton Hoffman, M. D., M. S., Curator, Deu't of
Fishes, U. S. National Museum. National Museum, and
1404 S Street N. W.

Benedict, James Everard, Naturalist of the U. S. Fish
Commission Steamer "Albatross." Sfuithsonian Institu-
tion, and 140 B Street N. E.

Bessels, Emil, M. D., Ph. D. 1444 N Street N. IV.

Beyer, Henry G., M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
Navy. U. S. Steamer " Blake,'' Navy Yard, Brooklyn, Neza
York.

BiGELow, Horatio Ripley, M. D.

[office), and 2 Io7va Circle.

1228 N Street N. VV.

BiGELOW, Robert Payne, Student, i^or Eighteenth Street N.
W., and Harvard University, Catnbridge, Massachusetts.

Billings, John Shaw, A. M., M. D., Surgeon and Brevet
Lieutenant Colonel, U. S. Army; Curator of the Army
Medical Museum. Army Medical Mmetem, and J02y N
Street N. W.

Birney, Herman Hoffman, Student in Lehigh University.
jgoi Hareiuood Avenue, Le Droit Park.

Birney, Gen. William, A. M. igoi Hamvood Avenue, Le
Droit Park.

Blish, John Bell, Ensign, U. S. Navy. Navy Department,
Washington.

Bransford, John Francis, M. D. Passed Assistant Surgeon,
U. S, N, Navy Department, Washington,

LIST OF MEMBEFS.

XIII

Date of Election.

1882. Nov. 24.

1883, Dec. 14.
Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.
1882, Nov. 24.

•

1882, Dec. 22.

1883, Dec. 28.
Orig. Member.
1883, Jan. 5.

1882, Mar. 17.
Orig. Member.

I 88 I, June 3.

1881, June 3.

1883, Jan. 19.

1882, Feb. 17.

1883, Apr. 27.
Orig. Member.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Coniimied.

Britton, Wiley, Agent, Quartermaster's Dcpt., U. S. Army.
Quartermaster General's Office, Washington.

BiiOMWELL, JosiAH RoBSON, M. D. I Jj8 Connecticut Ave-
nue, N. W.

Brown, James Templeman, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
National Museum, and idol Fifteenth Street N. W.

Brown, Stephen Carvosso, Registrar, U. S. National Mu-
seum. National Museum, and jii Eleventh Street S. W.

Browne, John Mills, M. D., Medical Director, U. S. N. ;
Curator of Naval Museum of Hygiene. Bureau of Medi-
cine and Surgery, U. S. Navy.

Bruner, Lawrence, Assistant, Entomological Division, De-
partment of Agriculture. Departmettt of Agriculture.

Bryan, Joseph H., Passed Assistant Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Museum of Hygiene, U. S. Navy.

BURDICK, Edson Almeron. Pension Office, and 406 Spruce
Street N. W.

Burgess, Edward Sandford, A. M., In charge of Depart-
-ment of Natural Science, Washington High School. 1214
K Street N W.

Burnett, Swan Moses, M. D., Professor of Clinical Ophthal-
mology and Otology, Medical Department, University of
Georgetown. 121^ I Street N. IV.

Busey, Samuel Clagett, M. D., Emeritus Professor of the
Theory and Practice of Medicine, Medical Department,
University of Georgetown. 1^2^ I Street N. W.

Canby, William Jackson. 41 j Tenth Street N. W.

Carman, Myron Albert, D. D. S. Neiu York City.

Chappel, John William, M. D. Tennallyto~wn, D. C.

Chase, Henry Sandv.rs, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty in the
National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Chester, Colby M., Commander, U. S. N. ; Hydrographic
Inspector, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey
Office.

Chickering, Rev. John White, Jr., A. M., Professor of
Natural Science in the National Deaf-Mute College. Ken-
dall Green, N. E.

XIV

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

1 88 1, May 20.

1882, Mar. 17.

i88i,Jan. 28.

1883, Dec. 14..
1881, Feb. 23.

Orig. Member.

1881, Dec. 23.
Orisj. Member.

1881, Nov. II.

1 88 1, Jan. 28.

1883, Feb. 3.

1881, Nov. II.

i88i,Nov. II.

1882, Jan. 20.
1882, Dec. 22.

1881, Jan. 28.

1881, Feb. 25.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Chickering, John Jameson, A. M., Teacher in the Public
Schools. Kendall Greett, JV. E.

Christie, Alexander Smyth, Astronomical Computer, U. S.
Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey Office, and ^i^
Sixth Street N. W.

Clark, Alonzo Howard, Assistant, U. S. National Museum.
National Jl/iisettm, and 1^2^ S Street N. W.

Collins, John F. Pension Office, and looj L Street N. W.

Collins, Joseph William. National Museum, and Glou-
cester, Massacliusetts.

CoMSTOCK, John Henry, S. B., Professor of Entomology
and General Invertebrate Zoology in Cornell University,
Ithaca. Ithaca, N'ezu York.

CoNANT, Woodbury Page, Assistant Botanist, Department of
Agriculture. Agricultural Depart7nent.

CouES, Elliott, A. M., M. D., Ph. D., M. N. A. S., C. M.
Z. S. , Professor of Anatomy, Medical Department, Colum-
bian University. Smithsonian Institution, and lysd N
Street N. IV.

Cox, William Van Zant., A. B. Smithsonian Institution.

Dall, William Healey, Assistant, U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey; Honorary Curator, Dept. of Mollusks, U. S. National
Museum. Coast Survey Office, and irig Tivelfth Street N. W.

Davis, Harry C, A. B., Professor of Greek, Wilkesbarre

Academy, 248 Franklin Street, Wilkesbarre, Penn.

Dewey, Frederic Perkins, Ph. B., Curator, Dept. of
Metallurgy, U. S. National Museum. National Museum,
and 920 N Street N. W.

Dodge, Charles Richards, Special Agent, Tenth Census,
Division of Fruit and Orchard Statistics. 1336 Vermont
Avenue N. W.

DosH, Frank Bowman. Died, 1883.

Dresel, Herman George, Ensign, U. S. N., on duty in
the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Earll, Robert Edward, S. B. Smithsonian histitution.

Elliott, Henry Wood. Smithsonian l7istitHtion, and Cleve-
land, Okio.

LIST OF MEMBEHS.

XV

Date of Election.

l88l,Nov. 25.

1882, Oct. 27.

1883, May II.

i88l,Jan. 28.

1 88 1, Mar. 25.

i88i,Feb. II.

i88i,Dec. 9.

1883, Apr. 13.

1883, Apr. 27.

1883, Dec. 14.

1883, Mar. 30.

1883, Jan. 5.

1 88 1, Mar. 25.

1882, Feb. 17.
Orig. Member.

1881, Mar. II.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Ellzey, Mason Graham, A. M., M. D., Lecturer on Hy-
giene and Medical Jurisprudence, Medical Department,
University of Georgetown. 1012 I Street N. W.

Enthoffek, Joseph, U. S. Coast Survey. 6S I Street N'. IV.

Falls, Moor S., Medical Student. 1200 Eighteenth Street
N. W.

Ferguson, Thomas Barker, Assistant Commissioner of
Fisheries. ^435 jMassachiisetts Avenue N. W.

Fletcher, Robert, M. D., Acting Assistant Surgeon, U. S.
Army; Editor of "Index Medicus." Surgeon GeneraPs
Office, ami 1326 L Street N. IF.

Flint, James Milton, M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Navy; Hon-
orary Curator, Section of Materia Medica, U. S. National
Museum. National Museum, ami Riggs House.

Foreman, Edward, M. D., Assistant, U. S. National Mu-
seum. National Museum, and 200 Eleventh Street S. W.

Foster, Richard, B. S., Instructor of Natural History in
Howard University. Hoioard University.

Fox, Whliam Henry. 1S2S H Street N. W.

Fkanzoni, Charles Wlliam, Ph. B., M. D. 810 H Street

N. IF.

Kriedrich, LiiON L., M. D., Prosector to the Chair of An-
atomy, National Medical College. J23 East Capitol Street.

Fristoe, Edward T., A. M., LL. D., Professor of Chemistry
in Columbian University and National Medical College.
1434 N Street.

Gannett, Henry,- S. B., A.Met.B., Chief Geographer of the
U. S. Geological .Survey. Offire of Geological Survey, ami
1S81 Harewood Ave. , Le Droit Park.

Garrett, LeRoy Mason, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty on
Steamer " Albatross." Smithsonian Pnstitution.

4

Gedney, Charles DicForest. Coast Survey Office, and iis
F Street N. E.

(iHiON, Albert Leary, A. M., M. D., Medical Director,
U. S. Navy. In charge of the U. S. Naval Hospital, Wash-
ington, D. C. 20ig Hillyer Place N. W.

XVI

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

1882, April 28.

Orig. Me.nber.

1883, Mar. 30.
1882, Nov. 24.

Orig. Member.

X882, Oct. 27.
Orig. Member.

1881, Nov. II.

1882, N.;v. 24.

1883, Dec. 14.
1882, Nov. 24.

Orig. Member.

i88r. Feb. 25.
1882, Feb. 3.

1882, Feb. 17.

1882, Mar. 31.
1881, Jan. 14.

1883, Feb. 16.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Gilbert, Grove Karl, M. N. A. S., Geologist, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey. May Building, and 1424 Corcoran Street
N. W.

Gill, Theodore Nicholas, M. D., Ph. D., M. N. A. S.
Cosmos Club, ajid j2i Fottr-a7id-a-half Street.

Gilpin, George E., M. D. Tennal/ytorcn, D. C.

Godwin, Harry P., Journalist. Office of "Evening Star,"
and i^ Second Street S. E.

Goode, George^Brown, A. M., Assistant Director of the
U. S. National Museum. Smithsonian Institution, and
1620 Massachusetts Avenue N. W.

Goodrich, Joseph King, Assistant, U. S. National Museum.
National Museum.

Gore, James Howard, S. B., Professor of Mathematics in
Columbian University ; Astronomer, U. S. Geological Sur-
vey. Columbian University, and 130^ Q Street N. IV.

Griffith, Samuel Henderson, M. D., Passed Assistant
Surgeon, U. S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine, U. S. Ahivy.

GuRLEY, Rf.VERE R. CkHdreji' s Hospital.

Hagner, Charles E., M. D. 7^00 H Street N. IV.

Hamilton, John B., M. D., Supervising Surgeon General,
U. S. Marine Hospital Service. 9 B Street N. W.

Hassler, Ferdinand Augustus, M. D. Tustin City, Los
Angeles Co., California.

Hawes, George Wesson, Ph. D. Died, 1882.

Hawkes, William Himes, A. B., M. D. ijjo Neiu York
Avenue.

Hayden, Edward Everett, Ensign U. S. Navy, on duty
at the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Henshaw, Henry Wetherbee, Ethnologist, Bureau of Eth-
nology, Smithsonian Institution. 11 14 M Street N. W.

Hessel, Rudolph, Ph. D., Superintendent of Government
Carp Ponds. SH Tenth Street N. W.

HiCKLiNG, Daniel Percy. 301 Pennsylvania Avenue N. IV.

Date of Election.
1883, Feb. 16.

1S83, Nov. 16.

1882, Dec. 22.
Orig, Member.

1882, April 14.

18S2, May 26.

1882, April 27.

Orig. Member.

1883, Feb. 6.

1 88 1, Feb. 25.

Orig. Member.
18S2, Dec. 22.

1882, Mar. 3.
1882, Jan. 20.
1882, Feb. 3.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

XVII

1882, Nov. 24.

IlicKi.iNG, Daniel Percy, Jr., Student. 301 Pennsylvatiia
Avenue N. W.

Hitchcock, Romyn, F. R. M. S., Assistant, U. S. National
Museum; Editor of "American Monthly Microscopical Jour-
nal." 1J16 Tenth Street N. IV.

IIOADLY, Frederick H., M. D. New Haven, Conneetiait.

Hoffman, Walter James, M. D., Assistant Ethnologist,
Bureau of Ethnology, Smithsonian Institution. 222 E
Street iV. IV.

I Iornaday, William Tell, Chief Taxidermist U. S. National
Museum. N'ational Museum, attd 404 Spruce Street, Le
Droit Park.

Hough, Franklin Benjamin, A. M., M. D., Ph. D., Statis-
tician. Lo'coville, N. Y.

Hough, Myron Beach Warner. U. S. Treastti-er' s Office,
and J12 Indiana Avenue N. W.

Howard, Leland O., M. S., Assistant, Entomological Divi-
sion, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricultural De-
partment, and 1407 Fifteenth Street N. JV.

Howe, Frank T., M. D.,City Editor" National Republican."
Office of^Iiepulilicaft,^'' and 14J4 Corcoran Street IV. IV.

Howland, Edwin Perry, M. D. 211 Four-and-a-half Street

N. W.

Ingersoll, Ernest. A^ew Haven, Connecticut.

Israel, George Robert, A. B., LL. B., Teacher in Wash-
ington High School, go J Netv York Avenue IV. W.

Johnson, Arnold Burges, A. M., Chief Clerk, U. S. Light
House Board, joi Maple Ave^iue, Le Droit Park.

Johnson, Blanchard Freeman, Student. 50/ Maple Ave-
nue, Le Droit Park.

Johnson, Joseph Taber, A. M., M. D., Professor of Obstet-
rics and Diseases of Women and Infants, Medical Depart-
ment of the University of Georgetown ; Gynecologist to Prov-
idence Hospital. g26 SeventeentJi Street N. W.

Johnston, William Waring, M. D., Professor of the Theory
and Practice of Medicine, National Medical College. 1603
K Street N. W.

XVIII

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
1883, Mar. 2.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. 27.

Orig. Memljer.

Orig. Member.

1881, Nov. 25.
Orig. Member.

1S82, Mar. 17.

18S2, Jan. 20.

1882, Oct. 27.

1882, Dec. 22.

1883, Dec. 28.
1883, Apr. 27.

1 88 1, Jan. 28.

1883, Apr. 13.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Jones, Henry Ale.kandeu, Inspector of Fuel for the District
of Columbia. 1004 N Slreet N. W,

JouY, Pierre Louis, Attache of the Corean Embassy. Seoul,

Corea.

Kelly, Thomas. Absent from the city.

Kidder, Jerome Henry, A. M., M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Chemist, U. S. Fish Commission. Smithsonian Institution

and 1S16 N Street N. IV.

King, Albert Freeman Africanus, M. D., Professor of
Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, Medical
Department, Columbian University. President of the Med-
ical Society of the District of Columbia. ^26 Thirteenth

Street N. IF.

Koehele, Albert. Entomological Division, Departtnent of
Agriiiilture.

Lee, William, M. D., Professor of Physiology in the Med-
ical Department of Columl)ian University. 21 1 1 Pennsyl-
vaftia Avemie M. W.

Leech, Daniel, Corresponding Clerk, Smithsonian Institution.
i^oj Vermont Avenjie N. IV.

Lehnert, Rev. Ernest, Pastor of St. John's Lutheran Church.
j2^ Four-and-a-half Street.

Lucas, Frederic Augustus, Osteologist, U. S. National Mu-
seum.

McArdle, Thomas Eugene, A. M., M. D., Secretary of the
Medical Society of the District of Columbia. 707 Twelfth
Street N. W.

McClain, Charles Sumner, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty in
the U. S. National Museum. Smithsonian Institutioti.

McConnell, James Culbertson, M. D., Army Medical Mu-
seum . 42J AI Street N. IV.

McDonald, Marshall, Chief of Division of Distribution, U.
S. Fish Commission ; Commissioner of Fisheries for the State
of Virginia. iij6 Tivelfth Street N. VV.

McEliione, James Francis, Student in Georgetown Univer-
sity. 1318 Vermont Avenue.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XIX

JJatc of Election.
1883, Dec. 14.

1 88 1, May 20.
1881, Nov. II.

1883, Nov. 3.

1882, Feb. 17.

1882, Jan. 20.
Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan. 28.

1 88 1, June 3.

1882, Feb. 17.

1883, Nov. 30.

1881, Dec. 9.

1883, Feb. 2.

1S82, Dec. 22.

1883, Jan. 19.

ACTIVE MEMRERS— Continued.

McGee, W. J., Assistant, U. S. Geological Survey. ^12 Thir-
teenth Street N. W.

McMuRTRiE, William, E. M., M. S., Ph. D., Professor of
Chemistry in Illinois Industrial University. Champaign,
Illinois.

Mann, Benjamin Pickman, A. B., Assistant, Entomological
Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture; Editor of
" Psyche."- Agricultural Department, and gs^ A^ineteenth
Street N. IV.

Marcou, John Belknap, Assistant, U. S. Geological Survey.
National Jllusewn, and ijig Eleventh Street yV. W.

Marsh, Charles Carrolton, Ensign U. S. Navy, on duty
in the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Martin, Frank. iSjs G Street A^. W.

Marx, George, Zoological Draughtsman, U. S. Department
of Agriculture. Agricultural Department, and 1626 Four-
teenth Street N. W.

Mason, Otis TuI'TON, A. M., Ph. D., Principal of the Colum-
bian University Preparatory School, /joj Q Sti eet N. IV.

Merrill, George Perkins, M. S., Acting Curator, Depart-
ment of Lithology, U. S. National Museum. National
A'luseum, and 1221 M Street N. IV.

Miller, Benjamin, i^ib Thirty -first Street N. W.

Miner, RANDOLrn Huntington, Ensign U. S. Navy, on
duty on Steamer "Albatross." Smithsotiian Institutiojt.

Murdoch, John, A. M., Naturalist and Observer, Point Bar-
row Expedition, on duty at Smithsonian Institution. Smith-
sonian Institution.

Nelson, Edward W. Colorado Springs, Colorado.

NicLSON, Henry Clay, M. D. Medical Inspector, U. S.
Navy. Nniy Department.

Netto, Senhor I'elippe Lopes. Brazilian Minister. ly/o
Pennsylvania Avetitie.

Nini.ACK, Alhert Parker. Ensign, United .States Navy,
on duty in the National Museum. Smithsonian Institution,

XX

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
Orig. Metnber.

1882, Nov. 24.
18S3, Mar. 2.

1882, Dec. 22.

1883, April 13.

1882, Dec. 22.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1883, Feb. 16.

1883, Nov. 16.

Orig. Member.
1882, Dec. 22.

i88i,Feb. II.

Orig. Member.

Orig. Member.

1 88 1, May 20.
1881, Dec. 9.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Guntinued.

NoRRis, Basil, M. D., Surgeon and Brevet Colonel, U. S.
Army. i82g G Street N. W.

OURT, A. J., M. D. Absent from the city.

Palmer, William Gray, M. D. g2() H Street N. IV.

Parker, Peter, Jr. Aid, U. S. National Museum. 3 La-
fayette Square N. IV.

Parson, Rev. William Edwin, A. M., Pastor of the Church
of the Reformation, joq JVe^u Jersey Avenue S. E.

Patton, Horace B., A. B., Student. Leipzig, Germany.

Patton, William Hampton, A. B. New York City.

Perganue, Theodore, Assistant, Entomological Division,
U. S. Department of Agriculture. j2i D Street N. W.

Persons, Remus Charles, A. M., M. D., Surgeon, U. S.
Navy. U. S. Steamer Wyandotte, Navy Yard, Washington.

Phillips, Louis E., Law Student. 1^28 New York Avenue
N. W.

Porter, John Hampden, M. D. 2720 M Street N. W.

Potter, Ziba H., M. D., Medical Examiner, \}. S. Pension
Office. Pension Office, and i6og Nineteenth Street N. IV.

Powell, John Wesley, Ph. D, LL. D., M. N. A. S., Direc-
tor, U. S. Geological Survey, and Director, Bureau of Eth-
nology, Smithsonian Institution ; President of the Anthro-
pological Society of Washington. National A/useztm, and
g/o M Street N. W.

Prentiss, Daniel Webster, Ph. B., A. M., M. D., Professor
of Materia Medica and Therapeutics, Medical Department,
Columbian University ; Commissioner of Pharmacy, District
of Columbia. 1224 AHnth Street N. W.

Rathhun, Richaud, M. S., Curator, Dep't of Marine Inver-
tebrates, U. S. National Museum. Smithsonian Institution,
and 1622 ALassachusetts Avenue N. W.

Rau, Charles, Ph. D., Curator, Dep't of Antiquities, U. S.
National Museum. Smithsonian Institution.

Reyuurn, Robert, K. M., M. D., Professor of Physiology
and Hygiene, Medical Department, Howard University.
21 2g F Street N. W.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XXI

Date of Election.
18S2, Ocl. 27.

1882, Mar. 17.
Ontj. Member.

Oritr. Member.

1882, April 28.
1882, Mar. 31.

1882, Nov. 24.

1883, May 25.

Orig. Member.

1882, Jan. 20.
1882, Mar. II.

Orig. Member.

1881, Jan. 14.
Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Rhees, William Jones., A. M., Chief Clerk, Smitlisonian In-
stitution. Smithsonian Institution, and " The Oaks,^'
Spring Road, near Fotirtetnth Street, Alt. Pleasant, D. C.

RiciiEY, Stephen Olin, M. D. 1426 New York Avenue.

RiDGWAY, Robert, C. M. Z. S., Curator, Dep't of Birds, U. S.
National Museum. Smithsonian Institution, and 12:4
Virginia Avenue S. W.

Riley, Charles Valentine, A. M., Ph. D., Entomologist,
U. S. Department of Agriculture ; Honorary Curator of
Insects, U. S. National Museum. Agricultural Depart-
ment, and ijoo Thirteenth Street iV. JV.

Russell, Israel Cook, Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geological
Survey. -1424 Corcoran Street.

Ryder, John Adam, Embryologist, U. S. Fish Commission.
Smithsonian Institution.

Safforu, William Edwin, Ensign, U. S. Navy, on duty at
National Museum. Peabody Museum of Yale College, New
Haven, Connecticut.

Salmon, Daniel Elmer, D. V. M., Veterinarian, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture. 1221 I Street N. W.

Sch^^ffer, Edward Martin, M. D., Lecturer on the Micro-
scope and Microscopical Anatomy, Medical Department,
University of Georgetown. 1^21 F Street N. W.

ScmoNKORN, Henry. 21J Seventh Street N. W.

Schuermann, Carl Wilhelm, Property Clerk, U. S. Na-
tional Museum. gi6 D Street S. IV.

SciiWARZ, Eugene Amandus, Assistant in the Entomological
Division, U. S. Department of Agriculture. g4g Virginia
Avenue S. IV.

ScUDDER, Charles Willis, Clerk, U. S. Fish Commission.
gsg C Street S. W.

ScuDDKR, Newton Pratt, A. M., Clerk, Smithsonian In-
stitution, gjg C Street S. W.

Seaman, William Henry, M. D., B. L., Professorof Chemis-
try, in the Medical Department of Howard University.
1424 Eleventh Street N. IV.

XXII

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.
1882, May 26.

Oiig. Member.
1881, Nov. II.

1882, Feb. 17.
Orig. Member.

1883, Mar 2.

1883, Feb. 16.

1881, Nov. II.

1882, Jan. 6.

i88i,Nov. II.

1 88 1, Mar. 25.

1S82, Mar. 17.

1883, Dec.
1881, Feb.

14.
25-

1882, Feb. 17.

1882, Nov. 24.
1882, Mar. 17.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Seaton, Charles W., Superintendent of the Tenth Census.
Census Office, and 243 North Capitol Street N. W.

Sheldon, Charles Stiles. Absent from the city.

Shufeldt, Robert Wilson, M. D., Captain, Medical Corps,
U. S. Army, in charge of Section of Comparative Anatomy,
Museum and Library, Surgeon General's Oftice, War De-
partment. 212^ L Street N. W. ,

Shute, Daniel Kerfoot, A. B., ?.L D. Washington Asy-
lum Hospital.

Smiley, Charles Wesley, A. M., Chief of Division of
Records, and Editor of the Bulletin of the U. S. Fish Com-
mission. Fish Commission Office, and 1207 Eleventh Street
N. W.

Smillie, Thomas William, Photographer, U. S. National
Museum. National Museum.

Smith, Thomas Croggon, M. D. //jj Tiuelfth Street
N. W.

Smith, William Robert, Superintendent of U. S. Botanical
Garden. Botanical Garden.

Sperr, Frederick W. Absent from the city.

Stejneger, Leonhard. Smithsonian Institution.

Sternberg, George Miller, M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Army.
Fort Mason, San Francisco, Cal.

Stevenson, James, Executive Officer of the U. S. Geological
Survey. National Museum.

Stewart, Alonzo Hopkins. 204 Fourth Street S. E.

Stimpson, William Gordon, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
1447 Q Street N. IV.

Streets, Thomas Hale, M. D., Passed Assistant Surgeon,
U. S. Navy. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, U. S. Navy,
and 2021 N Street N. IV.

Tarr, Ralph Stockman. 4^ Warren Street, Gloucester,
Massachiisetts.

Taylor, Frederick William, Chemist, U. S. National Mu-
seum. National Museum, and 1120 Vermont Avenue

N. W.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

xxin

Date of Election.
1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. 27.
1S83, Jan. 5.
iSSr, Dec. 9.

i88i,Jaii. 28.

Orig. Member.
Orig. Member.

1S83, Nov. 30.
1882, Oct. 27.

18S1, Dec. 23.

Orig. Member.
1881, Mar. 25.

OriiT. Member.

1883, Nov.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

Taylor, James Hemphill, Lawyer. 4S2 Louisiana Avenue
N. W.

Taylor, Thomas, M. D., Microscopist, U. S. Department
of Agriculture. Agriciillitral Department, and 2jS A/assa-
chiisett^ Avenue N. E.

Taylor, William Bower, A. M., Editor, Smithsonian Insti-
tution, job C Street N. W.

Thomas, Cyrus, Ph. D., Ethnologist, Bureau of Ethnology
of the Smithsonian Institution. 1346 Eleventh Street N. IV.

Thompson, John Ford, M. D., Professor of Surgery, Med-
ical Department, ColumlMan University. 1401 H Street
N. IV.

Todd, James Edward, A. M., Professor of Natural Sciences
in Tabor College ; Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geological

Survey. Tabor, lozva.

Toner, Joseph Meredith, M. D. 6/5- Louisiana Avemie
N. W.

True, Frederick William, M. S., Librarian, and Curator,
Dep't of Mammals, U. S. National Museum. National
MusLuni.

TUPPER, James Brainerd Taylor, A. M. Internal Reve-
nue Bureau, Treasury Department, and ^ 10 I Street N. IV.

Turner, Henry W., Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geological
Survey. San L'rancisro, California.

Turner, Lucien M., Observer, U. S. Signal Service. Un-
gava, Labrador.

Ulke, Henry. 411 Fifteenth Street N. IV.

Upham, Edwin Porter, Aid, U. S. National Museum.
Smithsonian Institution, and 2010 Ihirteenth Street A". W.

Vasey, George, M. D., Botanist, U. S. Department of Ag-
riculture. Agrieulfural Department, and 2012 Fotirteenth
Street N. W.

Walcott, Charles Doolittle, Paleontologist, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey. Smithsonian Institution, and 810 Twelfth
Street N. W.

XXIV

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

Date of Election.

Orig. Member.

1882, Nov. 24.

1882, Dec. 22.

Orig. Member.

1883, Dec. 14.
1 88 1, May 20.
1 88 1, Jan. 28.
1883, Feb. 16.
Orig. Member.

1881, Dec. 9.

i88i,Jan. 28.

1882, Feb. 17.
Orig. Member.

1882, Oct. 28.
i88i,Feb. 25.
1882, Tan. 6.

ACTIVE MEMBERS— ContiiuiPd.

Waro, Lester Frank, A. M., LL. B., Geologist, U. .S.
Geological Survey ; Honorary Curator, Dep't of Fossil
Plants, U. S. National Museum. National Museum, and
1464 Rhode Island Avenue N. IV.

Weld, Georc^.e Francis, Student. Sinifhsonian Institution,
and 1600 Tldrteenth Street.

West, Henry Litchfield, City Editor, "Washington Post."
Office of the "Post;' and 11 1 E Street N. IV.

White, Charles Abiathar, A. M., M. D., Curator Dep't
of Fossil Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum; Palieoii-
tologist, U. .S. Geological Survey. National Museum, and
40() Maple Avenue, le Droit Park.

White, Charles Henry, M. D., Surgeon, U. S. Navy.
Rluseum of Hygiene, Navy Department.

White, Maurice Putnam, Teacher, Public School, Boston,
Massachusetts. 5.?^ Columbus Avenue, Boston.

Williams, Alfred. Department of State, and 2j2 North
Capitol St net N. IV.

Wilson, James Ormond, Superintendent of Public Schools,
District of Columbia. J'4JQ Massachusetts Avenue.

Wilson, Joseph McMinn. Department of the Interior, and
iioS Maryland Avenue S. IV.

WiNSLOW, Francis, Lieutenant U. S. Navy, on duty with
U. S. Fish Commission. 144b N Street N. JV.

WoLFLEY, William Irvin, A. M., M. D. /40 C Street jV. E.

Yarnall, John Hepburn, M D. 3028 P Street N'. IV.

Yarrow, Henry Crecy, M. D., C. M. Z. S., Acting Assist-
ant -Surgeon, U. S. Army; Hon. Curator, Dep't of Reptiles,
U. S. National Museum. Surgeon GeneraVs Office, and
814 Seventeenth Street N. W.

Yarrow, John, Aid, U. S. National Museum. 814 Seven-
teentli Street, N. W.

Yeates, William Smith, A. M., Aid, U. S. National Mu-
seum. National Museum, and 401 G Street N. W.

ZuMBRocK, Anton, M. D., Electrotyper and Photographer,
U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Coast Survey Office.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XXV

ADDITIONAL L I S T O F MEMBERS,
Corrected to July i, 1884.

Date of Election.
1884, Feb. 8

1S84, Feb. 8

1884, Feb. 8

18S4, April 19

1884, Mar. 22

1884, Mcii: 22

1884, Feb. 8

1884, May 17

1884, May 3

1884, Feb. 23

18S4, Mar. 22

CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Flower, William Henry, LL. D., F. R. S., Pres. Z. S.,
F. L. S.; Director of the Natural History Departments of
the British Museum. Soulli Kensington, London, S. W.

Horn, George Henry, M. D. ; Pres. American Entomo-
logical Society. 8^4 North Fourth Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

Marsh, Otiiniel Charles, M. A., Pres. N. A. S. ; Pro-
fessor of Paleontology in Yale College, and Palaeontologist
to the U. S. Geological Survey. JVe'w Haven, Connecticut.

ACTIVE MEMBERS.

Bates, Henry Hobart, Examiner in Chief, U. S. Patent
Office. U. S. Patent Office, and "The Portland.''

Beckham, Charles Wickliffe, Aid, Department of Birds,
U. S. National Museum. Smithsonian Institution, and
/jr_S Connectiait Avenue.

Bkndire, Charles, Captain ist Cavalry. U. S. A. ; Honor-
ary Curator, Section of Oology, U. S. National Museum.
Fort Czister, Montana Territory.

Dii.LER, Joseph Silas, S. B., Assistant Geologist, U. S. Geo-
logical Survey. 1S04 Sixteenth Street N. W.

Eggleston, Nathaniel Hillyer, Chief of Bureau of
Forestry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricultural
Department, and 1302 L Street N. IV.

Geare, Randolph Iltyd. U. S. National Museum., and
803 T St? eet N. IF.

Johnson, Willard Drake, Topographer, U. S. Geological
Survey. IVashiitgton, D. C, and Worcester, Massachu-
setts.

Knapp, E. B. Skaneateles, N'cw York.

XXVI

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Diite of El'^ction.

1884, April 5

1884, April 19

i884. May 3

1884, Feb. 8

1884, Mar. 22

18S4, Api'il 19

ACTIVE MEMBERS— Continued.

MosER, Jefferson Franklin, Lieutenant, U. S. N. ; Assist-
ant Hydrographic Inspector, U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey. Coast Survey Office, and 7 SecoJid Street S. E.

Nichols, Henry E., Lieutenant Commander, U. S. Navy,
commanding U. S. S. Pinta. Sitka, Alaska.

.Sayles, Ira, Geologist, U. S. Geological Survey. 5// F
Street N. IV.

Smith, Theop.ald, Ph. B., M. D., Assistant, Bureau of Ani-
mal Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Agricul-
tural Dcpaitment, and gry New York A7<cmie N. IF.

Wilson, Hon. William Lyne, Member of Congress from
West Virginia. 1008 N Street N. W.

Wortman, Jacob L. , Osteologist, Army Medical Museum.
628 Penn. Ave. N. W.

THl: BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

CONSTITUTION

Adopted December 3, 1880.

ARTICLE I.

NAME.

The name of this Society shall be "The Biological Society
OF Washington."

ARTICLE 11.

objects.

Its objects shall be to encourage the study of the Biological Sci-
ences, and to hold meetings at which papers shall be read and dis-
cussed.

ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS.

The Society shall consist of active, corresponding and honorary
members. Candidates for membership shall be proposed to the
Council, in writing, by at least three members, and, upoil recom-
mendation of the majority of the Council present at its regular
meeting, shall be balloted for at the earliest ensuing meeting. A
majority vote of the members present when the ballot is taken shall
be necessary to election.

ARTICLE IV.

officers.

The officers shall be a President, four Vice-Presidents, two Sec-
retaries, and a Treasurer. There shall be a Council, consisting of
the officers of the Society and five members, to be elected by the
Society. A quorum of the council shall consist of seven members.

XXVII

XXVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

Its duties shall be to act on nominations for membership, have the
direction of the finances, audit the accounts of the Treasurer, and
provide a programme for each meeting of the Society.

The officers shall be elected by ballot at each annual meeting,
and shall serve one year, or until their successors are elected.

ARTICLE V.

PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS.

The President, or, in his absence, one of the Vice Presidents,
shall preside at meetings of the Society and Council. The presid-
ing officer shall appoint all committees in the Council and in the
Society, unless otherwise ordered. It shall be the duty of the re-
tiring President to deliver an address at the second meeting in
January.

ARTICLE VI.

SECRETARIES.

The Secretaries shall take and preserve correct minutes of the
proceedings of the Society and Council and a record of the mem-
bers, shall conduct its correspondence, give due notice of all meet-
ings, and inspect and count all ballots.

ARTICLE VII.

TREASURER.

The Treasurer shall have charge of all money and other property
of the Society, and shall make disbursements under the direction
of the Council. He shall collect all fees and assessments, and
notify members who may be in arrears.

ARTICLE VIII.

SECTIONS.

Sections for special work in any department of Biology may be
formed upon the recommendation of the Council.

ARTICLE IX.

MEETINGS.

Stated meetings shall, unless otherwise ordered, be held on Friday
of each alternate week, at eight o'clock P. M. The annual meeting

CONSTITUTION. XXIX

for the election of officers shall be the first meeting in January.
Special and field meetings may be called by the Council.

ARTICLE X.

As amended Febnmry 2, 1883.
FEES.

The initiation fee shall be one dollar ; the annual fee two dollars.
Members in arrears for one year shall, after due notification by the
Treasurer, be dropped from the rolls, except in the case of those
absent from the city for a year or more, who may be retained on
the list as non-resident members during their absence. No member
in arrears shall be entitled to vote at the annual meeting for the
election of officers.

ARTICLE XL

AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION.

The constitution of the Society may be amended by a two-thirds
vote of the members present at any regular meeting, after at least
four weeks' notice.

ARTICLE XII.

ORDER OF BUSINESS.

The order of business at each regular meeting, unless otherwise
provided by the Council, shall be as follows :

I. Reading of minutes.
II. Reports of Committees.

III. Balloting for members.

IV. Nominations for membership.
V. Miscellaneous business.

VI. Reading of papers, discussions and exhibition of specimens.

Article XII may be suspended at any time by a two-thirds vote
of the. members present.

PROCEEDINGS

Thirty-Second Meeting, October 13, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-two members were
present. Both secretaries being absent, Dr. Tarleton H. Bean was
designated Secretary //v; fciupore.

General William Birney, Chairman of the Committee on the
Admission of Women to Membership in the Society, submitted a
report in the form of the following resolution :

^'■Resolved, In view of the fact that this Society has not prescribed scientific
attainments as a quahfication for membership, it is inexpedient at present to de-
clare women eligible; but, if it should hereafter prescribe such qualifications,
there is no sufficient reason for their exclusion."

On motion of Prof. Riley, the report was adopted and the Com-
mittee discharged.

Mr. Frederick W. True read a paper On the Bite of the
Coral Sn.^ke,-'- describing the effects of the attack of one of the
specimens in the National Museum upon Mr. A. Z. Shindler, one
of the artists in the Museum, and citing the testimony of several
correspondents in the southwestern United States. Remarks were
made by Professors Ward and Gill. Prof. Theodore Gill read a'
paper entitled The Relations of the Echeneidids,"!' demonstrating
the claims of this group of fishes to isolation, not only as a family,
but as a suborder, related rather more closely to the Gobioidea and
Blennioidea than to the Scombroidea. He characterized the sub-
order Discocepliali, and the family EcheneididcT and sub-family ^r/«'-
/icidince, and gave a detailed history of the views of ichthyological
writers from Artedi to Cope.

"" 1883. True, Frederick W. On the Bite of the North American Coral

Snakes (Genus Elaps). <^ American Nnturalist, 1883, pp. 26—3?. ,

f 1883. Gill, Theodore. Note on the Relationships of the Echeneidids,
<^Proceedings U. S. National Museum, V, pp. 561-6, Plate XII, 1883.

XXXI

XXXII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mr. Wm. H. Dall made some remarks on Cluster Flies, =^ ex-
hibiting specimens of Miesca riidis from Geneva, N. Y., where, for
thirty years or more, this fly has been regarded as a household pest
in the spring and fall, when it gathers in swarms in the corners of
apartments in country houses.

Thirty-Third Meeting, October 27, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-eight members were
present.

The President announced the presentation to the Society by Dr.
John J. Mason of his work entitled Minutk Structure of the
Central Nervous System of certain Reptiles and Batrachl-vns
OF America.

Mr. Goode, on behalf of the Council, announced his intention
of proposing at the second meeting from date, the following amend-
ment to the Constitution :

Section X to l^e amended so as to read, " Members in arrears for one year
shall, after due notification by the Treasurer, be dropped from tlie rolls, excejit
in the case of those aiisent from the city for one year or more, who may be re-
tained on the list as non-resident members durinsj their absence." f

A committee, consisting of Messrs. Goode, Gill, Mason, Ward,
True, and Rathbun, was appointed to arrange for courses of lectures,
similar to the Saturday lectures of the previous season.

Mr. Wm. H. Dall made a io.^ remarks in extension of his paper
on the "Cluster Fly," presented at the previous meeting, and read
a letter from Professor C. V. Riley in relation to its name and geo-
graphical distribution.*

Dr. W. S. Barnard made a communication upon the subject of
EcTOPARASiTic Trematodes, describing two species believed to be
new, for which, however, no names were proposed.

Mr. W. P. Conant made some remarks upon Two Cases of
Snake Bite in Massachusetts, relating instances in which the
bites of unknown species of snakes had been attended by very
serious results.

* 1883. Dall, W. H. Note on Cluster Flies. <'Proceedings U. S. National
Museum, V, pp. 635-7, 1883. Includes a letter from C. V. Riley,
f This amendment was adopted at the meeting of February 2, 1883.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXIII

Mr. Frederick W. True read a paper On the Cinnamon Bear,*
exhibiting a specimen recently received by the National Museum
from Lycoming county, Pennsylvania. He quoted the opinions of
several authorities as to the relationship of this form to the black
l)ear, but did not express a decided personal opinion. He also ex-
hibited the skin of a young black bear from Alaska, with a broad
white ring around the neck.

Thirty-Fourth Meeting, November lo, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-two members were
present.

Mr. True announced that he had in preparation a paper on the
mammals of the District of Columbia, and requested information
concerning rare forms and concerning the dates when deer and
other mammals became extinct in the District.

Professor Chickering read a paper on The "Balds" of the
Southern Mountains.

Dr. George Vasey made a communication on the Pine Trees of
North America, which was discussed by Mr. Dall, Dr. Schaeffer,
and Prof. Gill.

Mr. John A. Ryder read a paper on The Rationale of the
So-called Fattening Process in the Oyster ; f and in his re-
marks explained the cause of the green color in certain oysters es-
pecially prized by oyster eaters in Europe.

Thirty-Fifth Meeting, November 24, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-four members were
present.

Professor Lester F. Ward read a letter from Doctor Edward
Foreman, suggesting the importance of the appointment of a com-

* 1883. True, Frederick W. On a Cinnamon Bear from Pennsylvania.
<^ Proceedings U. S. National Museum, V, pp. 653-6, 1883.

f 1881. Ryder, John A. An account of Experiments in Oyster Culture
and oliservations relating thereto, etc. -c^Repoit of T. B. Ferguson, a Maryland
Commissioner of Fisheries, for 1881, Appendix A, pp. 1-64. Also in A Contribu-
tion to the Life History of the Oyster. <^The Fishery Industries of the United
States, pp. 711-750. 1^85.
3*

XXXIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

mittee to take action looking toward the preparation of a list of
the trees and shrubs growing in the streets, parks, cemeteries,
and other public grounds of the District of Columbia. In accord-
ance with the suggestions in this letter, the following committee
was appointed to act in co-operation with the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution in the preparation of such a list ; Prof.
Lester F. Ward, Dr. George Vasey, Mr. Wm. R. Smith, Dr. F. B.
Hough, and Dr. Edward Foreman.

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper on The Present Status of the
AvH' AUNA OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA,* presenting extracts from
the new list of the birds of the District, just compiled by himself
and Dr. D. W. Prentiss. The total number of species of birds now
known to occur in the District is 248, 23 having been added to the
list since 1862.

Prof. C. V. Riley made remarks upon Jumping Seeds and
Galls, f and exhibited specimens of the so-called " Mexican jump-
ing seeds" or "devil-beans," the seeds of a Euphorbia-like plant,
in the interior of which are the larvae of a species of moth, Carpo-
ca^sa saltitans, which, by their uneasy motions, cause peculiar
twitching movements of the seeds. He also showed a peculiar
gall from the under side of the leaves of various oaks of the white
oak group, which is moved in a similar manner by the larvce of a
species of Cynips, Cynips saltatoi'hts, which lives curled up within it.

Dr. Thomas Taylor spoke on the Pear-Tree Blight, its cause
and prevention, illustrating his remarks with specimens.

Prof. Lester F. Ward presented a paper on Additions Made to
THE Flora Columbiana During the Season of i882,| exhibit-
ing specimens of 27 species of plants added to the flora of the Dis-
trict of Columbia.

* Licliuled in —

18S3. Couiis, Elliott, and D. Webster Prentiss. Avifauna Columbianu ;,
iieing a list of birds ascertained to inhabit tlie District of Columbia, &c. <■ Bulle-
tin U. .S. National Museum, No. 26. 8°. pp. 133, 4 maps.

f 1883. Riley, Charles V. Jampiny; Seeds and Galls. <^Proccedings U.
S. National Museum, V, pp. 632-635, with one cut, 1883.

% 1884. Ward, Lester F. T.ist of plants added to the Flora of Washington
from April i, 1882, to April i, 1S84. <Pioc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II,
pp. S4-S7, 1882-4. Extras, April lo, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXV

The President announced the proposal to pubHsh a second edi-
tion of Vol. I of the Proceedings of the Biological Society, should
a sufficient number of subscriptions for copies of the same be made.*

Thirty-Sixth Meeting, December 8, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-seven members were
present.

The President announced that the Lecture Committee had ar-
ranged for a course of Saturday lectures to young people, as fol-
lows :

December- 16, 1882 : Prof. O. T. Mason. The Circle of the
Sciences.

December 2j, 1882: Mr. William H. Dall. Ocean Currents.

December jo, 1882 : Mr. Frederick W. True. Swinuiiing
Quadrupeds.

faiiitary 6, i88j : Prof. J. W. Chickering, Jr. The Grasses.

Prof. L. F. Ward stated that the committee appointed at the last
meeting to prepare a list of the trees and shrubs growing in the
streets, parks, cemeteries, and other public grounds of the District
of Columbia had held a meeting and apportioned the work.

Prof. J. W. Chickering, Jr., being called to the chair, Prof. Gill
discussed The Characters and Relations of the Stromateid/e."]"

Dr. D. W. Prentiss followed with remarks on Changes Pro-
duced IN the Bird Fauna ok the District of Columbia by
Modification of its Topography.;',;

'■' A supplementary edition of loo copies was eventually piinted at the cost of
the Society.

f 1S84. Gill, TuEuDORE. Notes on the Stromateidai. <;Pioc. Amer. Phil.
Soc, 1884, pp. 664-72.

j Included in —

GoUES and Prentiss. Avifauna Columbiana, already cited.

XXXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Thirty-Seventh Meeting, December 22, 1882.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-four members were
present.

Dr. T. H. Bean read a paper On the Occurrence of the Ale-
wife IN CERTAIN Lakes of New York.* The alewife {Cliipea
venialis) which is identical with the branch herring of the Potomac,
has been observed in immense numbers in Lake Ontario, and Cay-
uga and Seneca Lakes, New York — its first appearance having
been in 1873. It is supposed to have been accideiitally introduced
by fish-culturists when planting young shad. \\\ the discussion of
this paper Messrs. Smiley, Barnard, True, Ryder, and Goode partici-
I)ated. Mr. Ryder spoke of observations on a supposed hybrid be-
tween the shad and the rock-fish.

Prof. Riley read a paper on The Lignified Serpent of Bra-
zil,f a curious object lately discussed in scientific journals in
France and the United States, and pronounced by M. Olivier, a
French savaiit, to be an actual seri)ent converted into woody tissue.
This he demonstrated to be a woody formation developed in the
burrow of the larva of a wood-boring insect, which, by some slight
artificial changes, had been made to resemble a serpent still more
than in its original condition.

Thirty-Eighth Meeting, January 5, 1883.

(Third Annual Meeting.)

The •President occupied the chair. Sixty-six members were
present.

The following board of officers was elected :

President — Prof. C. A. White.

* 1884. Bean, Tarleton H. On the Cccurrence of the Branch Alewife in
Certain Lakes of New York. <^The Fisher)' Industries of the United States.
Part L pp. 5S8-593.

f 1883. Riley, Charles V. The Lignified Serpent of Brazil. <;Washing-
ton Evening Star,^f■ax\. 20, 18S3 ; Scie)itiftc American Supplement, Feb. 17,
18S3, and various other journals.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXVII

Vice-Presidents— ?x<:){. Theodore Gill, Prof. C. V. Rilev, Prof.
L. F. Ward, Mr. Willl^m H. Dale.

Secretaries — Mr. G. Brown Goode, Mr. Richard Rathbun.

Treasurer — Dr. Tarleton H. Bean.

0;////^//— Prof. O. T. Mason, Dr. George Vasey, Dr. D. Web-
ster Prentiss, Mr. Frederick W. True, Dr. Elliott Coues.

Saturday Lectures, 1883.

The second regular course of Saturday Lectures, under the au-
spices of the Biologfcal Society and the Anthropological Society,
was begun January 13, 1883, and the following programme was
carried out :

January 13 : Capt. C. E. Dutton, U. S. A. On Rivers.

Januai-y 20 : Prof. O. T. Mason. The Races of Men.
January 27 : Mr. GEORGE Kennan. Mountains and Mountain-
eers of the Caucasus.

February j : Dr. D. W. Prentiss. Mesmerism in Animals.

February 10 : Prof. Theodore Gill. Mythical Animals.

February ly : Dr. John S. Billings, U. S. A. Germs and Epi-
demics.

February 24: Prof. Lester F, Ward. The Plant Life of the
Globe, p^ast and present.

March J : Mr. William H. Dall. Pearls and Pearl Fisheries.

March 10 : Major J. W. Powell. Indian Mythology.

March // .• Prof. C. V. Rilev. Adaptation and Interdepend-
ence between Plants and Insects.

March 24 : Prof. C. A. White. The Teachings of Paleontology.

March 31 : Dr. Robert Fletcher, U. S. A. Human Propor-
tion in Art and Anthropometry.

Thirty-Ninth Meeting, January 19, 1883.

Thirty-one members were present.

Professor C. A. White, the newly-elected President, took the
chair, and, after a few remarks, introduced the retiring President,

XXXVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Professor Theodore Gill, who delivered an address upon The Prin-
ciples OF Zoogeography.^-

The attendance being small, upon motion of Mr. Goode, it was
voted that action upon the pending constitutional amendment
be deferred until the next meeting.

Fortieth Meeting, February 2, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-three members were
present.

Article X of the Constitution was amended to read as follows,
the changes made being indicated by italics :

ARTICLE X.

Fees.

The initiation fee sliall l^e one dollar; the annual fee, t7vo dollars. Members
in arrears for one year shall, after due notification by the Treasurer, be dropped
from the rolls, except in tJie case of those absent from the citv for one year or more,
lohu may be retained on the list as non-resident members dtirini^ their absence.
No member in arrears shall be entitled to vote at the annual meeting for the elec-
tion of officers.

In the discussion of the address delivered by the retiring Presi-
dent, Professor Gill, at the last meeting. Prof. Ward, Mr. Dall,
Prof. White-, and Mr. Elliott participated, and Prof. Gill spoke at
some length in continuation of it.

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper upon Zoological Nomenclature
APPLIED to Histology.

Forty-First Meeting, February 16, 1883.

The President occupied the Chair. Forty members were present.
In the discussion of the paper on Zoological Nomenclature Ap-

" Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. II, pp. 1-40, 1882-84. E.xtras printed,
with cover and title page, as follows: The | Principles of Zoogeography, | \
Presidential Address | delivered at the | Third Anniversary Meeting of the Bio-
logical Society | of Washington, January 19, 1883, | by | Theodore Gill, A. M.,
AL D., Ph. I)., I Member of the National .Vcademv of .Sciences, iSic, &c. |
* * * I Washington, \). C. | Judd & Detweiler, Printers. | 1884. 8vo. 40 pp.

PROCEEDINGS. XXXIX

plied to Histology, presented by Dr. Coues at the previous meeting,
Mr. N. P. Scudder led with a paper on Biology and Classifica-
tion.

Mr. John A. Ryder read a paper On the Structures of Proto-
plasm AND KaRYOKYNESIS.'''

Forty-Second Meeting, March 2, 1S83.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-three members present.

Prof O. T. Mason read a paper on The Human Fauna of the
District of Columbia, and Dr. M. G. Ellzey spoke on Hybrid
Sterility, being a plea against the hypothesis of evolution.

Forty-Third Meeting, March 16, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Fifty members were present.

Dr. Ellzey's paper, presented at the last meeting, was discussed
by Mr. Henry W. Elliott and others.

Mr. Orville A. Derby, Curator of the Geological Department of
the National Museum of Brazil, under tlie title of Biological
Notes from Brazil, gave an account of the present condition of
biological science in that country. Remarks were made by Messrs.
White and Elliott.

Lieut. Francis Winslow, U. S. N., read a short paper on The
Giant Clams of the Pacific, f exhibiting specimens.

i

* 1882. Rydf.R, John A. Observations on the absorption of the yelk, the
food, feeding, and development of embryo fishes, comprising some investigations
conducted at the Central Hatchery. Armory Building, Washington, D. C, in
1882. <'Bulletin U. S Fish Commission, II, jip. 179-205, 1882. (XII — Specific
character of protoplasm, pp. 202-205.)

f 1883. WiNsi.ow, Francis. Catalogue of the Economic Mollusca. -c^De-
scriptive Catalogues of the Collections sent from the United States to the Inter-
national Fisheries Exhibition, London, 1883. Bull. U. .S. National Museum, No.
27, Part D, pp. 185-270, 1883.

XL BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Mr. John A. Ryder showed some microscopical sections of her-
maphroditic oysters.-"^

A specimen of a fossil log of the Cretaceous age, showing the
borings of a ship-worm, was exhibited by the President, and re-
marks upon similar borings in recent times were made by Mr. A.
B. Johnson.

Mr. George P. Merrill exhibited a nodule and microscopic section
of carbonate of iron (Siderite) occurring in coal.

Mr. Hornaday read a paper on The Mental Capacity of the
Elephant,! which was discyssed by Messrs. Ward, Elliott, and
Mason.

Forty-Fourth Meeting, March 30, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-eight members were
present.

Mr. Newton P. Scudder made a communication upon The
Length of the Hatching Period of the Domestic Fowl. In
the experiments which he made, the period varied from 17 to 21
days. Remarks were made upon the paper by Messrs. Hough,
Ellzey, Mason, and Schaeffer.

Dr. Thomas Taylor read a paper upon A New Parasite in Fowls
OF THE Nature of Trichina, | and also made some remarks upon
Section Cutting and the Mounting of Hard Woods, which
were supplemented by Dr. F. B. Hough, who exhibited sections of
woods prepared in Japan and Germany.

Mr. F. A. Lucas exhibited drawings showing the results of acci-
dents upon the bones of wild animals. Mr. Frederick W. True ex-
hibited bones of the extinct arctic sea-cow, Rhyiina, collected by Dr.

* 1882. RydfR, John A. The Microscopic Sexual Characteristics of tlie
American, Portuguese, and Common Edible Oyster of Europe Compared.
<fBulletin of the U. S. Fish Commission, II, pp. 205-15, 18S2; and Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, London, Oct., 1883.

f 1883. Hornaday, Wiixiam T. The Mental Capacity of the Elephant.
<^Popular Science Monthly. August, 1883, pp. 497-509.

\ 1883. Taylor, Thomas. Internal Parasites in Domestic Fowls. <^De-
partment of Agriculture, Washington, 1S84, 5 pp. ; Proc. Am. Micro. Soc, 1883.

PROCEEDINGS. XLI

Leonard Stejneger, a member of the Society, and recently received
from Bering Island. Prof. Chickering read a paper upon The
Physical Features of Mount Katahdin.

Forty-Fifth Meeting, April 13, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-six members were
present.

The Committee on Field Meeting reported favorably upon hold-
ing such a meeting at Bladensburg, April 28th, and upon inviting
ladies to attend. The report was accepted by the Society.

Prof. Lester F. Ward presented a communication upon The
Hybrid Oaks of the District of Columbia. Numerous pressed
leaves were exhibited.

Mr. B. F. Johnson presented a nbte upon The Mode in which
the Garter Snake Climbs upon a Smooth Vertical Surface,
representing it as somewhat similar to that in which a man climbs.
The movement is not a spiral one. The note was commented upon
by Messrs. Baker, Schaeffer, Gill, Mason, and Taylor.

Prof C. V.' Riley made a communication upon The Bag Worm,
Thyridopteryx ephemer^formis,* which is abundant in the Dis-
trict of Columbia and elsewhere.

Mr. F. W. True made a few remarks upon A Parasitic Worm
found in the Egg of a coM^ION Hen.

Dr. Thomas Taylor presented a communication upon Parasitic
Mites in the Lung-Cavities and Tissues of Domestic FowLS.f

In tlie discussion which followed, Messrs. Ward and Riley parti-
cipated. Specimens were exhibited with the two latter communi-
cations.

Forty-Sixth Meeting, April 27, 1883,

The President occupied the chair. Thirty members were present.
Prof. C. V. Riley exhibited specimens of A Mexican Jump-

*rioc. Biol. Soc. Washincrton, vol. II, 1882-84, pp. 80-83. Extras, April
10, 1884.

"j" See citation at foot of page XL.

XLII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

ING Seed, and also made Remarks upon Bee-Fly Larv/e and
THEIR singular HABITS, aiid upoii a Burrowing Butterfly Larva.

Mr. H. H, Birney read a paper iipon The Ailanthus Moth,
Samia Cynthia, which was discussed by Messrs. Riley and Mann.

Dr. Frank Baker read a paper upon The Origin of Dextral
Preference in Man. It was discussed by Messrs. King, Ellzey,
Ward, MaSon, Toner, Mann, Gill, and Riley.

Field Meeting at Bladensburg, April 28, 1883.

A field meeting was held at Bladensburg, Maryland, and was
attended by a number of members of the Society.

Forty-Seventh Meeting, May 11, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Twenty- two members were
present.'

Prof. Ward made a communication entitled Notes on some

HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED FoSSIL PlANTS FROM THE LoWER YELLOW-
STONE AND COLLECTED BY T)r. C. A. WhITE IN 1882.*

Mr. True made remarks upon A New Pigmy Sperm Whale from
THE New Jersey Coast, f which he proposed to name Kogia Goodci.

Dr. Thomas Taylor offered a commdnication On Actinomykosis,
a new infectious disease in man and the lower animals, and ex-
hibited specimens of the fungus Actinomyces, from the viscera of
a diseased dog. The discussion was adjourned to the next meeting.

Forty-Eighth Meeting, May 25, 1883.

Prof. Theodore Gill, Vice-President, occupied the chair. Twenty
members were present.

Dr. Thomas Taylor continued his remarks upon a recently dis-

■"' This paper will be incorporated with a forthcoming report to the Director of
tlie U. S. Geological Survey.

t 1883. Truk, FREl^iiRiCK W. A New Sperm Whale {Koi^ia Goodei).
<^Science, I, p. 470, 1883.

PROCEEDINGS. XLIII

covered and very dangerous disease, known as Actinomykosis , which
affects domestic animals.

Dr. D. E. Salmon read a paper on the same disease. The com-
munications called forth an animated discussion, in which Drs.
Taylor, Salmon, Schaeffer, and others participated.

The Society then adjourned, subject to call by the President in
October.

Forty-Ninth Meeting, October 19, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-five members were
present.

Prof. Theodore Gill presented a communication on The Ichthy-
OLOGicAL Results of the E_xplorations of the U. S. Fish Com-
mission Steamer "Albatross" in 1883.* He called attention to
a number of new fishes, including two representatives of new orders,
for which he proposed the names Lyomeri and Gnathenchelyi.

Dr. C. A. White made some remarks upon The Character and
Function of the Epiglottis of the Bull Snake (PiTYOPHis).f

Prof. Lester F. Ward exhibited an interesting botanical relic of the
District of Columbia, consisting of the original minutes of the
Proceedings of the Washington Botanical Society, which became
extinct in 1835.

Prof. C. V. Riley read a paper on Manna in the United States,
and exhibited and remarked upon some specimens of a kind of
Manna recently received from Chewelah, Washington Territory.
This communication was discussed by Messrs. Taylor, Schaeffer,
Vasey, Toner, and Ward.

Fiftieth Meeting, November 2, 1883.
The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.

"The substance of this communication was published in tliree papers in Forest
& Stream, 1883, a;id in other papers in the American Naturalist and the Proceed-
ings of the U. S. National Museum.

f 1884. Wnri'E, Charles A. On the Character and Function of tlie Epi-
glottis in the Bull Snake (Pityophis). < American Naturalist, XVIII, pp. 19-21,
1884.

XLIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Dr. G. M. Sternberg, U-. S. A., of San Francisco, read a paper
On MicROcocci.'i^

Dr. E. M. Schaeffer made some remarks upon Manna, in continu-
ance of those made by Prof. Riley at the previous meeting. He
also exhibited specimens of a possibly new variety or species of
Ceratophyllum. Dr. T. H. Bean exhibited a curious specimen of
a species of flounder, Paralichtliys dentatus, and si)oke of Arrested
Asymmetry in Flounders.

Prof. L. F. Ward related the result of his investigations of a sup-
posed deposit of fossil timber on the site of the new "Casino," in
process of erection on Connecticut avenue.

Fifty-First Meeting, November i6, 1S83.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present.

Prof. L. F. Ward read a paper on Mesozoic Dicotyledons, f

Mr. G. D. Walcott presented a communication on Fresh-water
Shells from the Lower Carboniferous, illustrating his remarks
with specimens. I

Mr. Frederick W. True exhibited a specimen of The West In-
dian Seal, Monachus tropicalis, recently received by the
National Museum, and discussed the history of the specimen and
the affinities of the species.

Dr. C. A. White narrated an incident of his experience as an
cxphjrer in the Up[)er Missguri Valley, illustrative of The Per-
sistence OF 'J'HE Domestic Insi'inct in the Cat.§ An animated

^Steunbkiu;, Gicorgk M. Bacteria. | By | Dr. Antoine Magnin, | Licen-
tiate of Natural Science, "■•' ••' * | and | George M. Sternberg, M. L)., V . \K.
M. S., I Major and Surgeon, U. S. Armv ; Member of the Biological Society of
Wash- I iiigtoii ; late member of the Havana Yellow I'ever Gimmission of the |
National Hoard of Health; | Corresponding Member o( the | Epidernujlogical
Society of Loutlon, etc. | New York : | William Wood & Company, | 56 and 5cS
Lafayette Placi^. | 1884. 8vo. pp. XVHI, 9-494.

f 1884. Ward, Lester F. Mesozoic Dicotyledons. <^Am. Jour. Sci. and
Arts, 3d Ser., XXVn, pp. 292-303, 1884; Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Lon-
don, 5th S;r., XIII, pp. 383-396, 1884.

% 18S3. Walcot'J", Cil\R1.es D. Fresh-water Shells from the Paleozoic Rocks
of Nevada. <^Science, II, p. 809, 1883.

2 1884. WuiTE, Chari.ics a.. The Permanence of tl'.e Domestic Instinct in
the Cat. <[American Naturali.st, XVIII, pp. 213-14, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. XLV

discussion of this incident, and of other topics suggested by it, was
participated in by Prof. Riley, Mr. N. P. Scudder, Mr. A. B. John-
son, Mr. Benjamin Miller, Prof. Ward, Dr. Toner, and others.

Fifty-Second Meeting, November 30, 1883

The President occupied the chair. Fifty members were present.

A letter was read from the Secretary of the Philosophical Society
of Washington, inviting the Biological Society to attend the meeting
of the Philosophical Society, to be held at the National Museum
lecture-hall on the 5th proximo, when the President's annual ad-
dress would be the order for the evening.

Dr. Thomas Taylor described Oidium Tuckeri, the Fungus of
THE Foreign Grape Vine,* which has of late years been so de-
structive to European vineyards, giving an account of his discovery
of the highest stages of its fruit on the foreign vines now under
cultivation in the U. S. Agricultural grounds.

Dr. Frank Baker read an interesting paper entitled The Logical
Method of Teaching Anatomy, f which elicited much discussion,
participated in by Messrs. Seaman, Prentiss, Johnson, Gill, Norris,
Schaeffer, Scudder, Cope, and Ward.

Prof. Theo. Gill exhibited drawings of a very curious deep-sea
fish discovered during the past summer in the North Atlantic, at a
depth of about two miles, by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer
Albatross. It belonged to a new family, which the speaker has de-
nominated the Stephanoberycidte. J

The Committee on Lectures announced a provisional programme
for the course of Saturday Lectures for 1884, under the auspices
of the Anthropological and Biological Societies.

Four courses of these lectures were given, consisting of seven-
teen lectures, a list of which, as finally arranged, is subjoined.

* 1884. Taylor, Thomas. On the Fungus of the Foreign Grape Vine.
<^ American Microscopical Journal, V, p. 5, 1884.

f 18S4. Bakicr, Frank. The Rational Method of Teaching Anatomy.
<MetlicaI Record, N. Y., April 19, 1884; also as extra, i6», pp. 20, with special
title.

X 18S4. Gill, Tiieodure. Three new families of fishes added to the deep-
sea faiyia in a year. <^ American Naturalist, XVII, p. 433, 1884.

XLVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

January 5 .■ Mr. Grove K. Gilbert. Cliffs and Terraces.

January 12 : Prof, Otis T. Mason. Child Life among Savage and
Uncivilized Peoples.

January ip: Prof. Edward S. Morse. Social Life among the
Japanese.

January 26: Major J. W. Powell. Win-tun Mythology.

February 2: Prof. F. W. Clarke. Lightning and Lightning-
Rods.

February p: Capt. C. E. Button, U. S. A. The Hawaiian
Islands and People.

February 16 : Prof. E. D. Cope. The Origin of Human Physi-
ognomy.

February 2j : Mr. John Murdoch. Eskimo Life at Point Bar-
row.

March I : Prof. Harvey W. Wiley. The Sugar Industry of the
North.

March 8 : Prof. Simon Newcomb. Psychic Force.

March i^ : Mr. John A.Ryder. Protoplasm in the Light of
Recent Investigations.

March 22 : Dr. Frank Baker. The New Phrenology.

March 2g : Capt. C. E. Button, U. S. A. Volcanoes.

April ^ : Prof. T. C. Chamberlin. The Great Ice Invasion of
North America.

April 12 : Br. W. W. Godding. What shall we do with the Ine-
briates?

April jp: Prof. J. S. Newberrv. The Industrial Arts as Factors
in Modern History.

April 26 : Major J. W. Powell. The Canons of the Colorado.

Fifty-Third Meeting, Becember 14, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-five members were
present.

Prof. C. V. Riley presented a paper, read by Br. Barnard, on
the use of Naphthaline as an Insecticide,* in discussing v/hich
Dr. Thomas Taylor and Prof. W. S. Barnard participated.

* 1884. RiLKY, C. V. The use of Naphthaline as an Insecticide. <^Science,
III, pp. 455-45(>. 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. ■ XLVII

Mr. Henry W. Elliott read a paper Concerning the Appetite
OF THE MuSKRAT,* which was discussed by Dr. Ellzey, Dr. Schaeffer,
and others.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U. S. A., read a paper on The Present
Condition of the Anatomical Collections of the Army Medi-
cal Museum.

Fifty-Fourth Meeting, December 28, 1883.

The President occupied the chair. Forty-four members were
present.

Dr. Thomas Taylor read a paper on Naphthaline and its Effects
ON Plants, Insects, and other Animals, f exhibiting specimens of
plants which had been treated with naphthaline without suffering
injury.

Dr. W. S. Barnard read a paper on Some Results dy Massage
ET Contrk-Coup.;};

Mr. John A. Ryder made a communication on The Structure
OF THE Egg Membrane in Fishes.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited an improved form of microscope
stand.

Fourth Annual Meeting, January 11, 1884.

The fourth annual meeting of the Biological Society took place on
Friday evening, January 11. Thirty-five members were present,
President White occupying the chair. Prof Ward gave notice of
a proposition to change the days of meeting to the Saturdays
alternating with those of the Philosophical Society.

"" 18S4. Elliott, Henry W. The Destruction of Carp by the Muskrat
(Fiber zibethicus). Methods of Trapping the Rodent. <^Bull. U. S. Fish
Commission, IV, pp. 296-7, 1S84.

f 1SS4. Taylor, Thomas. Naphthaline as an Insecticide, etc. Svo, 6 pp.,
1S84.

X Proc. Biol. Soc, Washington, II, p. ri6, 188^-84.

XLVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The Society then proceeded to ballot for the election of officers
for the ensuing year, with the following result :

President — Dr. C. A. White.

Vice-Presidents— U.X. W. H. Dall, Prof. L. F. Ward, Prof.
Theodore Gill, Prof. C. V. Riley.

Secretaries — Mr. G. Brown Goode, Mr. Richard Rathbun.

Treasurer — Dr. Tarleton H. Bean.

Members of Council — Prof. O. T. Mason, Dr. George Vasey,
Mr. F. W. True, Dr. D. Webster Prentiss, Mr. John A. Ryder.

Fifty-Sixth Meeting, January 25, 1884.

The Fourth Anniversary Meeting of the Society was held Janu-
ary 25, on which occasion a large number of guests of the Society,
members of the Philosophical and Anthropological Societies, and
others, were present, by invitation, in the lecture-room of the National
Museum. Dr. White read the presidential address, the topic dis-
cussed being Certain Phases "in the Geological History of
North America, Biologically Considered,* and was listened to
with great pleasure and interest. The Presidents and Vice-Presi-
dents of the Philosophical and Anthropological Societies occupied
seats on the stage. The speaker was introduced by Dr. J. C.
Welling, President of the Philosophical Society. At tlie close of
the address a vote of thanks was moved by Major J. W. Powell,
President of the Anthropological Society.

Fifty-Seventh Meeting, February 8, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-six members were
present.

* Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II, pp. 41-66, 1882-84. Extras printed, vvitli
cover and title p.ige, as follows :

Certain Phases | in the | Geological History of the North American | Cnnti
nent, Biologically Considered, j By | Charles A. White, A. M., M. D., | Paleon-
tologist to the U. S. Geological Survey, Honorary Curator of the Depart | ment of
Fossil Invertebrates in the U. S. National Museum. | Presidential address, |
delivered at the | Fourth Anniversary Meeting of the Biological Society | of
Washington, January 25, 1884. | * * * | Washington: | Judd & Detweiler,
printers. | 1884. 8vo. 26 pp.

PROCEEDINGS. XLIX

Mr. William T. Hornaday read a paper on The Guacharo Bird
OF Trinidad, Stcatomis caripensis, in which he said that this
strange bird was sometimes found breeding in almost inaccessible
caverns opening on the sea, at the northwestern point of the island
of Trinidad, in one of which, a large dome-like cave, he had
found about two hundred birds. The guacharo was, perhaps, the
only frugiverous bird of purely nocturnal habits, and was closely
allied to the goat-suckers. The yourtg birds have a thick layer of
fat on the abdominal region, which yields a clear, transparent oil
of great purity, highly esteemed by the natives for cooking pur-
poses. The nest of the guacharo, the speaker said, resembled a
small brown cheese, slightly hollowed on the top, being composed
of the undigested remains of fruit firmly adhering together.

Mr. G. Brown Goode read a paper on The Aims "and Limita-
tions OF Modern Fish-Culture.-'^ Modern fish-culture he defined
to be fish-culture carried on under government patronage upon an
extensive scale, under the direction of men trained to scientific
research, as distinguished from the old and insignificant method of
fish-culture carried on by private enterprise. Its aims were shown
to be, (i) to arrive at a complete understanding of the life histories
of useful aquatic animals and the conditions under which they live;
and (2) to apply this knowledge so thoroughly that all fishes shall
be brought as completely under control as are now the shad, the
salmon, the carp, and the whitefish. The limitations of fish-culture
were shown to be the same as those of scientific stock-rearing or
agriculture.

In the discussion which followed, Prof L. F. Ward remarked
that he had been interested in the paper especially on account of
the broad general principles in political economy which had been
shown to underlie the subject discussed ; that the lessons which the
United States, by means of its participation in the London Fish- •
eries Exhibition and its successes in the field of fish-culture, had
taught to Europe, and especially to Great Britain, were of great
importance. Political economists of the Manchester school need
to be shown in just such a way as this that the policy of State con-

-"- Goode, G. Brown. Article " Pisciculture." <;Encyclopa;dia Britannica,
Vol. XIX, 1885.

L BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

trol and management for large enterprises, involving large outlays
of money, is the only policy which can be successfully carried out.

Mr. C. W. Smiley stated that, in spite of shad-hatching having
been prosecuted with increasing vigor annually since 1874, the
number brought into the Washington market had decreased from
521,36s in 1881, to 350,292 in 1882, and 261,474 in 1883. But for
fish-culture the decrease would have been enormously greater. He
affirmed that we are yet ignorant of many essential elements of
fish propagation, and only the highest scientific ability can discover
them.

Dr. T. H. Bean, referring to Mr. Smiley' s statement, said that it
was manifestly unfair that fish-culture should be expected to do
more than nature could do in keeping up the supply of fish in any
body of water ; that there were many things for the fish-culturist
to do besides the planting of young fish ; that the pollution of
streams and the artificial obstructions, such as dams, must first be
removed, and that in interpreting the results of fish-culture, ques-
tions of temperature, freshets, and other natural disturbances of
ordinary conditions upon the breeding grounds of fishes, should be
taken into account.

Dr. T. H. Bean exhibited a specimen of pipe-fish, Sipliostoma,
sp., which showed an augmented development of fins, the super-
numerary fin being post-anal, and much more developed than
the ordinary rudimentary anal of the male Siphostoma. In size and
general appearance it resembled more nearly a caudal fin, but from
its position it must be called post-anal. In the Lophobranchiates
he believed that the vertical fins are not developed from an embry-
onic fin-fold, as is the case in most fishes. This example was to be
considered as an illustration of a reversion to a former condition
of fishes of this type, in which they did possess at one stage of
their existence an embryonic fin-fold,

Mr. Ryder remarked that the specimen oi Siphostoma with super-
numerary anal fin was certainly an example of the restoration
towards the ancestral form. Its presence might be explained on the
supposition that the fin-fold, which is continuous in ' the embryo,
had been exaggerated into development at this particular i)oint,
and mesoblastic tissue thrust out in the process of development into
the fold itself, thus furnishing the rudiments upon which there was

PROCEEDINGS. LI

an attempt to again return to the ancient isocercal form of the
vertical fins.

Mr. C. D. Walcott exhibited a specimen of trilobite, Asaphiis
platycephalus, in which twenty-six pairs of legs were plainly seen,
no mouth parts being visible. These were shown by a drawing
illustrating Mr. Walcott's restoration of the mouth appendages of
the trilobite, as pubHshcd by him in the Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Vol. VIII, No. lo, 1881. The specimen
was the same as that described by Prof. Mickleborough, of Cincin-
nati.'i^ Mr. Walcott also showed a specimen of metamorphic rock
having a granitic structure and containing fossil corals, probably of
the Devonian age.

Prof. L. F. Ward moved that the meeting day of the Society be
changed to Saturday. After remarks by Dr. Baker, Dr. Coues,
and others, the motion was carried by a unanimous vote.

Fifty-Eighth Meeting, February 23, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty-six members were
present.

Dr. Elliott Coues read a paper on The Present State of North
American Ornithology. In discussing the precontemporaneous
history of the subject, he spoke of the following epochs : —

(i) The Archaic (prior to 1700); (2) the Pre-Linn^ean (1700-
1758); (3) the Post-Linnaian (1758-1800); (4) the Wilsonian
(1800-1824); (5) the Audubonian (1S24-1853) ; (6) the Bairdian
(1853-18 — ). A number of periods were also defined as follows:
(i) the Lawsonian period (i 700-1 730), named after Lawson, the
author of the first American faunal list, that for North Carolina;
(^2) the Catesbian period (i 730-1 74S), named after Mark Catesby,
the first to publish an illustrated work on American birds; (3) the
Edwardsian period (i 748-1 758), named after George Edwards,
whose great work on birds was founded largely upon American
material; (4) the Linngean period (i 758-1 766), the period during
wliich the binomial nomenclature was being developed; (5) the

* 1884. Walcott, Charles D. Appendages of the Trilobite. <Science,
III (No. 57), pp. 279-81, 1884.

LII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Forsterian period (i 766-1 785), named for George Reinbold Forster,
who was the first to publish a catalogue of the birds of North
America, and who also first published a special paper on a collec-
tion of American birds sent to Europe ; (6) the Pennantian period
(1785-1791), marked by the labors of Pennant and Latham; (7)
the Bartramian period (i 791-1799), named for John Eartram, the
first resident of America to publish a work on its birds; (8) the
Vieillotian period (1800-1808); (9) the Wilsonian period (1808-
1824), named after the first great American ornithologist; (10) the
Bonapartian period (1824-31), during which the impress of science
was laid upon the woodland genius of Wilson; (11) the Richard-
sonio-Swansonian period (1831-2); (12) the Nuttallian period
(1832-4), marked by the appearance of the first of American orni-
thologists; (13) the Audubonian period (1834-1853), named after
the most brilliant of ornithologists, marked by the publication of
what Cuvier called the "grandest monument ever erected by art to
nature;" (14) the Cassinian period (1853-58), named for John
Cassin, the best general ornithologist America has known ; (15)
the Bairdian period.

The establishment of the American Ornithologists' Union, he
thought, would probably mark the beginning of a new epoch — one
in which the existing intricacies of ornithological nomenclature
will, it is hoped, be straightened out. The present is simply a
period of transition.

Dr. Coues laid before the Society the plate proofs of the forth-
coming new edition of his Key to North American Birds.

Mr. Walcott having received, since the last meeting of the So-
ciety, on February 8, a number of additional specimens of the
granitic-like rock containing fossil Stromatopora, corals, plates of
crinoid stems, etc., from Litchfield, Maine, exhibited them and
said that he was incorrect in calling the rock a granite as it was of
sedimentary origin, a plastic rock so changed in the specimens ex-
amined that it might be called a conglomerate gneiss.

Mr. J. S. Diller stated that he had examined thin sections of the
rock under the microscope, which showed it to be chiefly crystalline,
and composed almost entirely of quartz and feldspar. These
minerals occur as irregular angular grains, which, for the most part,
have crystallized in their present position in such a manner as to
fill up the whole space. There is but little trace, as far as can be

PROCEEDINGS LIU

seen under the microscope, of the sedimentary character of the
rock. The irregular angular quartz grains are clouded with liquid
inclusions containing dancing bubbles. The feldspar is in large
part plagioclase, for, notwithstanding the alteration, the character-
istic stride in polarized light are yet distinct. Distinct silvery scales
of muscovite occur sparingly, so that the rock has the composition
of a gneiss, which, on account of the distinct quartz fragments it
contains, may be called conglomerate gneiss.

Mr. G. P. Merrill thought it was premature to decide upon the
character of the rock, but that, as far as he had examined it, he
agreed with Mr. Diller as to its characters.

Prof. Lester F. Ward exhibited specimens of the "diamond
willow," a form of Sa/i'x cordata occurring in the Upper Missouri
region, distinguished by a great exaggeration of the scars left by
the early growth of limbs, which form series of large diamond-
shaped cavities in the wood. He also exhibited some remarkable
canes carved by the people of that region from saplings of this
species.

Prof. Seaman advanced the theory that the scars were produced
by a fungus or an insect*.

The following papers were read by title :

Mr. Robert Ridgwav. Descriptions of some new North Amer-
ican Birds. Description of a \\q\n American Kingfisher. Note on
Psaltriparus grindce Belding. Note on the generic name Calodro-
nias."^

Mr. Leonhard Stejneger. Diagnoses of new species of Birds
from Kamtschatka and the Commander Islands.f

Dr. T. H. Bean and Mr. H. C. Dresel. Diagnoses of three
new species of Fishes from the Gulf of Mexico. J

Fifty-Ninth Meeting, March 8, 1884.

The President occupied the chair, and forty-five members were
present.

Dr. J. H. Kidder, U. S. N., exhibited specimens of Bacillus

'■• Proc. Riol. Soc. Wiishington, II, pp. 89-97. Extras printed April lO, 1884.
j- Ibid., pp. 97-99. Extras printed April 10, 1884.

■1-

Jlliid., pp. 99-100. Extras printed April 10, 1884.

LIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

tuberculosis Koch, the bacillus of Phthisis, and summarized the
present state of knowledge as to the nature of tuberculosis. Dr.
S. M. Burnett stated that tuberculosis frequently occurs spontane-
ously in tlie eye. Dr. D. E. Salmon defended the reputation of
Toussaint as the discoverer of micrococcus in tuberculosis, and
remarked that Koch's bacillus is not generally admitted to be re-
lated to the cause of tuberculosis; that it may or may not be.

Dr. Salmon exhibited specimens of infectious tuberculosis in
cattle — the omentum as well as the liver, which was much enlarged,
and various glands being thickly covered with large tubercles.
These animals were short-horn cattle, of well-known pedigree.
in which for thirty years no disease had existed. The disease was,
therefore, not hereditary. As soon as one steer had become in-
fected the others in the herd were taken down with the same dis-
ease. No traces of Bacillus tuberculosis had been discovered.

Mr. C. W. Smiley read a paper on What Fish-Culture has
FIRST to Accomplish,* in which he stated that fish-culture cannot
be expected to perform the impossible task of filling the waters of
a continent to overflowing with an inexhaustible supply offish, but
that it will have to put forth the utmost effort to prevent the entire
annihilation of the fish supply by the uncontrollable activity of
the fishermen.

Dr. Bean, Mr. Earll, and Mr. Goode participated in the discus-
sion of this paper.

Dr. Tarleton H. Bean remarked that, in his opinion, there was
no general impression that fish-culture was going to immediately
fill the rivers with fish ; that fish-culture never had made such a
claim. It did, however, profess to be able to produce fish econom-
ically and in greater abundance than could be produced by the
natural process; that, furthermore, fish-culture was simply one of
a series of means to an end — the object aimed at being the restora-
tion of the fisheries ; that fish-culture was one of the means for the
accomplishment of that end. In his opinion it was quite as necessary
to protect fish as to produce them, for if streams are filled with ob-
structions and impurities, no amount of fish-culture could restore
the fishery in them. The obstructions must be overcome and the

■" 18S4. Smu.ey, Charles VV. Wliat Fish CAilture has first to Accomplish.
<;i3iilletiii U. S. Fish Commission, IV, pp. 65-68, 1S84.

PROCEEDINGS. LV

impurities removed, and tlien the success of fish-culture would be
beyond a doubt, as had already been proved by the results accom-
plished with the California salmon, and the shad on the Pacific
coast.

Mr. Earll thought that many enthusiastic fish-culturists .had
claimed more for the science than could be hoped in the limited
lime during which it had been carried on, but, on the otlier hand,
he thought tliat the author of the paper under consideration had
gone to the other extreme. Such broad and far-reaching conclu-
sions as had been stated in the paper should be based upon the
fullest and most reliable information, extending over a number of
years. The statistics on which these conclusions were based were,
in his opinion, not of this character. The receipts of fish at the
Washington market were not reliable as indicating the catch in the
Potomac river, and much less so for the entire Chesapeake basin,
which certainly must be taken as a whole when the question of the
increase or decrease of the shad is to be considered. The fisheries
of this river system had undergone radical changes within the last
few years. At one time the fisheries were confined chiefly to the
Potomac and Susquehanna, and Washington received a large part
of the catch, while now, owing to an enormous development of the
fishery interests in the lower Chesapeake, ^Yhich must necessarily
interfere with the catch in those rivers, Norfolk had become an im-
portant fishery center, and was receiving immense numbers of shad
and other species annually for distribution through the South and
West. The introduction of new methods of refrigeration had also
enabled the fishermen to send their catch direct to the larger mar-
kets without the aid of the Washington dealers.

He did not know the source of Mr. Smiley's statistics of the
Sacramento river catch, and was not disposed to question their
accuracy, but a recent interview with Mr. A. Booth, the greatest
salmon canner of the Pacific coast, had given him quite a different
impression. Mr. Booth had assured him that the catch in the Sac-
ramento had been almost miraculously increased, owing to the work
of the U. S. Fish Commission, within the last few years. When the
Fish Commission began work on that river the catch was almost
wholly utilized fresh in the San Francisco and Sacramento markets,
and a cannery, built by Mr. Booth at that time, had to be closed
after one year for want of a supply. In 18S2, fifteen large canneries

LVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

were successfully operated on the same river, and about 30,000
pounds beyond what they were able to utilize were thrown away in
a single day.

Mr. Earll thought that the time was hardly ripe, and, if it were,
the statistics were not available for making such broad generaliza-
tions regarding the success or failure of fish-culture. It was grati-
fying to know that practical business men like Mr. Booth, who had
every opportunity of observation, and had large interests at stake,
should already be more than satisfied with the results that had come
under their observation, and bethought that it might be confidently
expected that within the next few years the catch would be very
noticeably increased, though, of course, a limit would ultimately
be reached, depending upon the enemies of the species and the food
which it could find in its natural surroundings.

Col. Marshall McDonald read a paper on The Influence of
Temperature upon the Movements of Fish in Rivers,* in which
the fluctuations of the catch of shad in the Potomac and Susque-
hanna rivers for 1S81, '82, and '83 were explained by reference to the
varying temperature of the waters of ocean, bay, and river at the
time of their anadromous movements. This paper was illustrated
by diagrams. Owing to the lateness of the hour, the Society then
adjourned, without discussion.

The following paper was read by title :

Mr. G. Brown Goode and Dr. T. H. Bean. A new genus and
species of Pediculate Fishes {^Halieutella lappti)'\.

Sixtieth Meeting, March 22, 1884.

Prof. C. V. Riley, Vice-President, occupied the chair. Fifty
members were present.

Col. Marshall McDonald exhibited a chart showing the natural
and restricted river distribution of the shad.

*i884. McDonald, Marshall. Natural Causes Influencing the Move-
ments of Fisli in Rivers. <^Trans. Anier. Fish-Cultural Association, 13th Meet-
ing, 1884, pp. 164-170.

f Proc. Biol. Soc, Washington, II, p. 88, 1882-84.

PROCEEDINGS. LVII

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt, U. S. A., in a paper entitled Remarks on the
Patella, 'i^ described the position of this bone, which he considered
to be a true sesamoid, in various forms of mammals and birds.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited a series of specimens of Orbito-
lites, and made some remarks upon the results of the work of Dr.
William B. Carpenter, as finally set forth in Vol. A^II of the report
of H. M. S. " Challenger. "t

Prof. C. V. Riley presented some Personal Reminiscences of
the late Dr. George Engelmann, which were supplemented by
remarks from Dr. George Vasey and Prof. Lester F. Ward.

Mr. W. H. Dall read a paper On some Hydrocorallin^ from
Alaska and California, exhibiting four new species. '|

Mr. Richard Rathbun exhibited a large mass of coral, Ocitlina,
sp., recently obtained from Key West, growing on the end of a
crowbar, which, when further studied, would probably yield some
clew as to the rate of growth of the species.

Dr. M. G. Ellzey spoke on The Prepotency of the Male
Parent, giving the results of twenty-five years' experience in breed-
ing horses, dogs, and other kinds of live stock. The male parent
he believes to be prepotent in the transmission of hereditary traits,
except where some extraordinary circumstance intervened. In the
case of hybrids between the horse and the ass, a cross is always
marked by prepotency of the ass; and in all crosses of the two
species the male is always prepotent. Mr. Dall called attention to
the danger of drawing conclusions from observations upon the ex-
ternal cliaracters of the products of the union of two species.

Dr. Leonhard Stejneger exhibited two finely mounted specimens
of the great Kamtschatkan sea eagle, Thalassoaetus pclagiciis ; also
a specimen of the bald eagle, Haliccctiis Iciicocephalus, and a speci-
men in immature plumage of another species, hypoleucus, supposed
to be new, and probably, in the adult state, entirely white under-

* 1884. Shufeldt, Robert \V. Concerning some of the Forms Assumed
by the Pntella in Birds. <^Proceedings U. S. National Museum, VII, pp. 324-
31, 1884.

f 1884. Hitchcock. Romyn. The Causes of Variation. <^Amer. Jour.
Sci. and Art, XXVIII, p. 49, 18S4.

J Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, II, pp. 111-115, 1882-84. Extras printed
April 28, 1884.

LVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

neath. The rivers of Kamtschatka abound greatly in salmon, and
eagles are in consequence particularly numerous.*

Sixty-First Meeting, April 5, 1S84.

The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.

The Secretary gave notice of tlie following amendment to be
proposed to the Constitution: tJiat ex-preside7its of the Society shall
be ex-officio members of the Council.

Dr. Leonhard Stejneger read a paper On the Shedding of the
Claws in Ptarmigan, f exhibiting specimens of Lagopus albus and
L. ridgwayi ViS illustrating his remarks. Some of the, specimens had
short claws, others long ones, while in others the claws were loose
and ready to slip off. The long claws are assumed in summer, and
in the winter are supposed to be useful in aiding the birds to walk
on the snow — in fact, being similar in action to snow-shoes. He
stated that Dr. Coues had observed the same phenomenon in the
Lemming, Myodes.

Prof. C.V.Riley remarked that this curious adaptation of structure
could doubtless be explained by the Lamarckian idea — that it had
probably resulted from a direct need of tliis animal.

Mr. William H. Dall read a paper on The Fishery Exports of
San Francisco in 1883.]; He showed that these consisted of dried
shrimps to the value of ^82,891, prepared by the Chinese for ex-
portation to China and other countries where "Chinese congregate,
such as Australia and Peru. The shells are used in China as a
fertilizer to the value of $26,288. Abalone products were exported
to the value of about $26,000, of which about $8,000 is for the dried

* 1884. Stfjnegkr, Leonhard. Fia det yderste CEsten, II, Andre fjorten
Dage i. Kamtschatka. <^Naturen, Christiania, VIII, Jan., 1884, pp. 5-10, figure
of eagle, p. 7.

I 18S4. .Stejneger, Leonhakd. On tlie Shedding of tlie Claws in the
Ptarmigan and Allied Birds. <; American Naturalist, XVIII, Aug., 1S84, p]5.
774-776. Ibis, London, 5 ser., Ill, Jan., 18S5, pp. 50-52. ,

J 1884. Dall, William II. Notes on Fishing I'roducts exported from
San Francisco, Cal., during the year 1883. <^Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, TV,
pp. 125-8, 1884.

PROCEEDINGS. LIX

flesh sent to China as food, the shells being sent to England and
elsewhere for pearl. Of unspecified shells about ^400,000 worth
are exported, the total value of invertebrate products being over
^570,000. Among other articles specified were canned goods.
The value of canned salmon exported was over ^2,300,000. The
total value of fish products was about ^4,000,000.

Prof. C. V. Riley made a communication On the Rust of
Oranges.

The nature of this rust had been carefully studied by the author
and also by one of his assistants, Mr. H. G. Hubbard, at Crescent
City, Fla. It has always been known and has always given con-
cern. It varies from a more or less pronounced stain beneath the
cuticle to a rough, deep brown incrustation. When heavily coated,
the surface is chapped like that of a russet apple. It may be first
noticed when the fruit is small, or one-third grown (early summer).
It rapidly increases in August and September, when the fruit is full
grown, and is most noticed when the fruit begins to color, though
there is no increase, but rather a decrease, after that time.

Rusts are mostly due to fungi, but there is nothing of this kind
about the orange rust. The oil cells are depleted and the epithelial
cells clogged with brownish resin. The surface is fissured and the
rind shrinks, toughens, and loses essential oil. Carefully examined,
a rusty orange will be found covered with cast mite skins — thick in
summer or fall, less noticeable in winter. The mites themselves
will be found on the non-rusted fruit and all over the tree in spring
and summer. They are so minute as to be scarcely noticeable
singly, but collectively give the green leaf and fruit the appearance
of being sprinkled with fine golden dust. Pine pollen is often mis-
taken for them, and they, in turn, for the pollen.

The attacks of the mite are always followed by rust on the fruit,
but on the leaves the mites produce only a dull, tarnished appear-
ance, contrasting with the polish of the healthy leaf, and a sure
indication of depredation even after the mites have left. The
leaves look dry and dusty, with slight loss of color, as from drouth.
When the foliage of the tree is bright the oranges are bright. The
living mites are not found on rusty oranges ; they quit both fruit
and leaf, and wander to fresh fields when the oil is depleted or the
surface too hardened for their beaks.

LX BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The mite {Phytoptus oldvorus) is elongate, honey-yellow, o. 14 mm.
long, and with two pairs of four-jointed legs, each terminating in
a curved spine, with opposing bristles. The eggs are laid singly or
in small clusters on the leaves. They are spherical, transparent,
with a yellow tinge, and hatch in summer in four days. The cast
mite skins adhere, as stated above, to the surface of leaf or fruit.
The food of the mite is the essential oil which abounds in the suc-
culent parts of citrus plants. It is stationary when feeding, but
moves actively, and wanders from one part of the plant to another,
especially to new growths. Thousands occur on a single leaf,
75,000 having been computed by Mr. Hubbard in winter time on
a leaf averaging fifteen square inches. They are still more nume-
rous in summer.

Rust rings encircle the fruit nnich as the ecliptic does the earth.
There is a penumbral band between brightest sun and deepest
shade, indicating the preference of the mite for such half shade.
Frosts kill the mites, but not the eggs. Drouth causes" both to dry
up. Birds, insects, and especially spiders, are the chief agencies
in distributing the mites from place to place. The effect of the
mite on the fruit, aside from the rusty appearance, which lowers
the market value, is in nowise injurious, as the quality is, if any-
thing, improved, and the disposition to rot decreased. The effect
on the leaf is to slightly check growth.

The mite is generally distributed in Florida, but not elsewhere.
Like most mites affecting growing plants, it is worse on high, dry
lands than in low, moist ones.

No method of culture or of manuring — in fact, no method that
does not comprehend the true cause, has proved of avail to pre-
vent the rust. Wind-breaks and isolation act as preventives, but
insecticides aro the only remedial agencies ; they must, however,
kill mites, eggs, and molting vi\\\.Q.%. Whale oil soap, one pound to five
gallons of water, in early spring before new growth begins, and weaker
solutions at frequent intervals, cause the mites to fall to the ground.
Flozvers of siilpliitr is deadly to the active mites, but not to the itgg'r..
Kerosene emulsions, as used against scale-insects, with sulphur
added, are the most satisfactory.

Dr. E. P. Rowland read a paper on The Effect of Anaes-
thetics ON Animals, explaining the new invention of Paul Bert.

PROCEEDINGS. LXI

Sixty-Second Meeting, April 19, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Forty members were present.

Dr. Cyrus Thomas read a paper on The Growth of Trees as a
Means of Determining the Age of Mounds. The long accepted
theory that the age of a tree is indicated by the number of con-
centric rings can no longer be considered tenable. The only way
* of testing this theory is by cutting down trees the age of which is
known. This has been done in many instances, which were cited,
and the result has been the demonstration of the folsity of the long
accepted theory.

Mr. John Murdoch made remarks on Dredging and Marine
Collecting at Point Barrow, detailing his experiences as natu-
ralist of the Signal Service Station at that place.

Dr. Bean, in a paper on The Distribution of the Salmonid^
in Alaska, enumerated the following twenty-one salmonoids as
occurring there :

Osmerus dentcx, Osmeri/s spinncliits, Mallotiis villosus, Hyppmesus
olidus, Hypomesiis prctiosiis, ThalcicJithys pacificus, Thymalliis sig-
iiifer, Stcnodiis Alackcnzii, Corcgoniis Lauretta', Coregonus ne.3.x Merkii ,
Coregonus qiiadrilatcfalis, Coregonus Kcnnieottii, Coregonus Nelsonii,
Salvelinus malina, S<ilinopiirpuratics, Sabno Gairdncrii, Oncorhyinhiis
ehouicha, OncorliyucJius keta, OncorhyncJius ncrka, OncorhyncJius
kisutch, OncorhyncJius gorlntscha.

Osmerus is known to range only from the Bristol Bay region to
the extreme northern limit of the Territory. O. dentex is cjuite
similar in appearance to O. eperlanus and O. mordax of the At-
lantic. O. spirinchus may be simply the spent condition of dentex.
In the region in which they occur the smelts are quite abundant,
and are extensively used by the natives for food, both fresh and
dried.

Mallotus villosus is found in every portion of the Territory, being
extensively eaten by the natives, and forming one of the best
known foods for the codfish in the Gulf of Alaska.

j'y)^^W(^'j'//^ is represented by two species, one of which, H. olidus,
is confined to the western shore of Alaska, being most abundant
to the northward. H. pretiosus is known only from the Gulf of
Alaska. H. olidus spawns in fresh-water ponds, while H. pretiosus
is a surf spawner.

LXIl BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

llialdchtJiys pacificiis (the Eulachon) occurs in the Gulf of
Alaska at least as far Avest as Katmai, in Shellikoff Straits, where it
is preserved in salt and considered quite a delicacy. The Eulachon
literally swarms in the southeastern part of the Territory, and is
utilized both in a fresh state and for the manufacture of a fat or
oil which the natives use in place of butter, and which has been
experimented with as a substitute for cod liver oil.

ThymaUiis is known to occur from the Bristol Bay region to the *
extreme northern limit of the Territory, abounding in the rapid
rivers. It takes the artificial fly quite readily, according to the
testimony of Lieut. Schwatka, and is generally considered an ex-
cellent food-fish. To the eastward it is known to reach the Mac-
kenzie river region.

Stenodiis might be called the giant white fish. It reaches 50
pounds in weight, and has been recorded as growing to a length of
5 feet. We have it only from the Yukon river region. It was
described, however, from the Mackenzie, and occurs also in the
tributaries of that river. It is one of the finest food-fishes of
Alaska.

The most widely distributed of the species of Coregonus is C.
quadrilateralis, which we now have from the Yukon river region
southward to Kodiak. C. Laurettce is also pretty widely distributed,
at least from the Kuskoquim to Point Barrow. The species related
to C. Merkii is a small northern form, which is not of much im-
portance as a food -fish. C. Nelsonii is a hump-back species, not
important as a food-fish, ranging from the northern limit of the
Territory southward to the Yukon, at least, and probably to the
Kuskoquim. C. Kcnuicoftii ranks next in excellence to Stcnfldii<;.
It is said to reach 30 pounds in weight, and its range is from the
Kuskoquim to the northern limit of Alaska. All the Coregoni are
important for food excei)t C. Nelsonii and C. Merkii, sub-species.

Salveliinis i.s abundant throughout the Aleutians and the main-
land of Alaska, north to Colville river. In the northern portion
of its range it grows to an enormous size, reaching fully 12 pounds
in weight. In the sea-run condition it is extensively salted at Ko-
diak, and exported as salmon trout.

Salvia purpuratiis is found in southern Alaska and on the island
of Kodiak and Unalashka. It is extremely abundant and attains a
weight of 20 pounds. 6*. Gairdnerii occurs in southern Alaska and

PROCEEDINGS. LXIII

westward to the Bristol Bay region. It is also known from the
islands of Unalashka and Kodiak. It grows to a weight of 30
pounds, and is a very important food-fish.

One species of OnchorJiynciis, O. gorhusciia, extends over tlie
whole coast of Alaska northward to Colville river. All the rest
extend at least as far as the Yukon river, and one species, O. keta,
has been obtained from Hotham Inlet. The Onc/io/ /ly/ic/ti a.Ye the
most important food-fishes -of tlie Territory, and are the most abund-
ant. The principal centers of export are Kodiak and Cook's Inlet.

Numerous canneries have sprung u\) lately in these regions,
directing their attention mainly to the red-fish, O. nerka, a salmon
whose flesh is beautifully red, but comparatively inferior. The
finest of the salmon, O. chouicJia, is employed principally for salt-
ing, the bellies only being selected for this purpose ; the remainder
of the fish is made into tikali.

Sixty-Third Meeting, May 3, 1S84.

The President occujiied the chair. • Twenty members were pres-
ent.

Prof. Theodore Gill read a paper On the System of the Squall
These belong to the Selachians, which constitute a class quite dis-
tinct from the fishes and widely separated from the Ganoids. He
briefly reviewed the salient structural features of the various repre-
sentatives of the order Squali, as well as the history of the classifi-
cation of the group, and concluded with -the assertion that there
appeared to be five principal types of structure manifested in the
various forms whose anatomy is more or less satisfactorily known.

(i.) The Pternodonta or Selachophichthyoidei are represented by
but one known species, lately described by Mr. Garman. Its ana-
tomical characteristics are unknown, but will probably be found to
be nearly the same as in the succeeding group, Opistliarthri. It is
distinguished from all other known sharks by the very elongated
and almost anguilliform shape as well as by the peculiar teeth,
which have long fixed bases and are not reclinable as in most of
the other types. It was also predicted that the Pternodonta would
probably be found to have the palato-quadrate element articulated

LXIV BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

with the posterior portion of the skull behind the orbits, and the
vertebral column non-segmented or notochordal.

(2.) The Opistharthri are sharks with the palato-quadrate appa-
ratus articulated with the post-orbital processes of the skull, and a
persistent notochord, inferior mouth, and the branchial apertures
in increased numbers. The Notidanidse or Hexanchidce are the
only forms.

(3.) The Proarthri are sharks with the palato-quadrate apparatus
articulated with the anterior orbital region of the skull, the verte-
bral column segmented, the mouth sub-terminal, and the forehead
declivous. The Heterodontidae, represented by the well-known
" Port Jackson Sliark," form the only existing family.

(4.) The Anavthri are sharks with the palato-quadrate apparatus
not articulated directly with the skull, the vertebral column vari-
able but more or less segmented, and the mouth inferior. To this
group belong all living sharks, excepting those now specifically
eliminated.

(5.) The Rhinai are sharks with the palato-quadrate apparatus
also not directly articulated with tlie skull, the vertebral column
segmented, the mouth terminal (both jaws being advanced well
forwards), and the pectorals developing enlarged anterior basal
lobes which are separated by notch-like spaces from the branchial
regions. To this belongs the family Squatinidre, including the so-
called angel-sharks.

The speaker was inclined to consider several of these more than
sub-ordinal, and rather as of ordinal, value, but until they had been
better studied he would reserve opinion on this question. He
would now only add that the first and second groups might be com-
bined in one order, the third isolated in another, and the fourth
and fifth segregated in a third.

There was also one type represented by the extinct Cladodontids,
vv'hose position is doubtful. For these he had formed the group
lipospondyli, but it is not evident whether it belongs with the true
Squali or whether it may not be related to the Holocephali, the
character of the branchial arches being dubious.

Mr. N. P. Scudder read a paper on Certain Anatomical De-
tails IN THE MusKKAT, and exhibited specimens of the skeletons
of muskrats, showing the number of the lumbar vertebrce to be six
and not three as stated by Profi^ssor Flower. He also showed that

PROCEEDINGS. LXV

the malar bone formed part of the continuity of the zygomatic
arch, correcting the statement of Dr. Coues in his " Monograph of
American Rodentia," page 253, with regard to the jugal of the
muskrat, which is there described as "a. mere splint, not forming by
itself any part of the continuity of the arch, for the squamosal and
maxillary spiirs are absolutely in contact. This is a strong point of
Fiber." Mr. Scudder remarked that muskrats were able to live
four to six minutes under water, owing probably to the enlarge-
ment of the abdominal aorta. He believed muskrats to be omniv-
orous, and said that the same individual could be taken repeatedly
in the same trap.

Dr. R. W. Shufeldt made a communication Upon the Presence
OF Ribs Attached to the Occipital Bone of the Black Bass,
MiCROPTERUS Salmoides.* He remarked, in the course of his de-
scription, that he had recently made quite a number of dissections
of this fish, and in every instance had found a pair of ribs upon
the occipital bone, just above and internal to the foramen of the
vagus nerve. They are without epipleural appendages, but other-
wise like the abdominal ribs. If this fact be new to science, it is a
very interesting discovery of great morphological significance, and
introduced an important factor in the theory of the segmentation
of the skull. It had not been noticed in any of the prominent
works upon comparative anatomy generally used as text-books, nor
in a recent and very thorough article by Dr. Sagemehl upon tlie
cranial osteology of Ami'a calva (Morph. Jahrb., Vol. 9, pt. 2,
1883). Dr. Shufeldt had also discovered these ribs, thoroughly
developed, in the tunny, Orcymis thynmts, and thought that the)-
would doubtless be found in others of the Scombridce and Ccntrar-
c/ndcB.

Sixty-Fourth Meeting, May 17, 1884.

Prof. C. V. Riley, Vice-President, occupied the chair. Thirty-
five members were present.

Dr. J. M. Flint, in a paper on Chinese Medicines, after giving

* 1884. Shufeldt, R. W. Osteology of the Large-moulhed Black Bass
[Micropte7-z(s sahiioides). <^Science, III, p. 532, 1884.

5*

LXVI BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

a brief account of the history of medicine among the Chinese, ac-
cording to their own authors, discussed their theories in regard to
the nature and causes of disease and the action of remedies. Their
ignorance of anatomy and the consequent effects upon their theory
and practice was shown. The materia medica of the Chinese was
then considered in detail, its pecuharities, as well as its resem-
blances to our own, present and past, as illustrated by the collections
of Chinese drugs now in the possession of the U. S. National Mu-
seum.

A paper by Mr. Wiley Britton on the Buffalo Gnat of Ten-
nessee was read, in which the author stated that its habitat, in his
opinion, was confined to the Mississippi Valley, below the mouth
of the Ohio river. It generally makes its appearance about the
first of April, and remains from two to four weeks ; it destroys an-
nually considerable numbers of live-stock, particularly mules and
horses, which, however, could be protected by thorough greasing.
The bite of this gnat is poisonous, causing a swelling somewhat
like a bee sting. Prof. C. V. Riley stated that this gnat is a species
of Siinuliitin.

Dr. Bean read a paper entitled The White Fishes of North
America. -'"^ The speaker said there were twelve species indigenous
to North America, besides the "Inconnu," which is not properly a
white-fish, though related to it. He introduced into the list Core-
gonus lavaretus, the German " Marina." He made a few general
remarks concerning the wide distribution, great abundance, and im-
portance of the white fishes as food, and stated the range of each
species, its maximum size and weight, and its variations through
age and conditions of habitat. A brief key to the species, intended
to facilitate their speedy identification, and based upon natural
characters only, was included in the paper.

Dr. Thomas Taylor exhibited a new micrometer of his own in-
vention for measuring accurately and instantly to the 1-2000 inch
the thickness of any object. In a second communication he stated
that Pseudo Bacteria were produced by the heating of blood at a
comparatively low temperature, and proposed to make experiments
for the purpose of deciding whether a continuous fever of four or

* 1884. Bean, Takleton H. The White Fishes of Norlh America.
<^Trans. Amer. Fish Cultural Association, 13th meeting, 1884, pp. 32—39.

PROCEEDINGS. LXVII

five days with the blood at 104° F. would produce the same results
as blood artificially heated to 110° F. If so, it would account for
mistakes that have been made by persons inexperienced in exam-
ining the blood of fever patients, who reported the presence of
Bacteria, or broken blood corpuscles, as shown by Beal and others.
Dr. Taylor also explained a method of obtaining upon a screen
an apparent image of a microscopic object, by placing the micro-
scope horizontally and at right angles to the screen. While looking
through the microscope with one eye, the other is directed toward
the screen, upon which an image becomes apparent, its magnifica-
tion depending upon the distance of the observer from the screen.

Sixty-Fifth Meeting, May 31, 1884.

The President occupied the chair. Thirty members were pres-
ent.

Prof. L. F. Ward, Chairman of the Committee on Cultivated
Plants growing in the District of Columbia, submitted a report of
progress.

Mr. James E. Benedict made Remarks on the Recent Cruise
OF the Steamer "Albatross " in the Gulf of Mexico and the
Caribbean Sea, describing the events of the voyage, and exhibit-
ing some of the most remarkable objects collected.

Ensign E. E. Hayden, U. S. N. , presented, through Prof. Ward,
a paper on A New Method of Figuring Fossil Leaves and other
Objects by the aid of Photography,* remarking that a saving of
time and increase of accuracy was thereby attained. The method
consisted in drawing with India ink upon a silver print photograph
the outline of the object to be figured, the defects of the photo-
graph being supplied by the draughtsman through comparison with
the specimen. The photograph is then dismissed, and a photo-
engraving is made from the black lines of the sketch which remains.

In the discussion which followed, it was shown that this process
was novel in its successful application by the author to engrave
fossil leaves.

Mr. J. A, Ryder read a paper on The Dfc:vEL0PMENT of Vivipa-

I>XVIII BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

R0U3 Minnows.* The species under discussion was the form known
as Gambiisia patritelis, B. & G Tlie points which were especially
alluded to were the following: The fact that the young fish devel-
oped within the body of ths female parent and within the follicles
in which the eggs themselves were developed. It was also pointed
out that these follicles, which were covered with a rich net-work of
fine capillary vessels, assumed the office of a respiratory apparatus,
by which the gases were interchanged between the embryo and the
parent fish ; and, further, that this follicle also acted as an tg^
membrane, being actually perforated by a round opening, which
the speaker termed the " follicular pore," and which was analogous
to the micropyle of the ordinary fish Q.gg. The arrangement of the
follicles of the ovary within the body of the female was described
at some length, and the peouliar differences between the two sexes
in the arrangement of the viscera were pointed out. The fibrous
bands, which act as supports, or stays, to the basal portion of the
anal fin of the male, which is modified as an intromittent organ,
were also described. The great difference in the sizes of the sexes
was also referred to, the female weighing over six times as much as
tlie male. The speaker concluded by expressing his earnest desire
to investigate the other known forms of viviparous fishes, such as
the Embiotocoids of the West coast, the viviparous Blenny, and
other bony fishes which have this habit, and which, in his opinion,
would throw considerable light upon some of the peculiar physio-
logical processes involved in the viviparous methods of develop-
ment.

Mr. Romyn Hitchcock exhibited a collection of Foraminifera
belonging to the genus Lagena, and made a few remarks explain-
ing the relation between this genus and the Nodosarine group ;
these briefly being that Lagena may be taken as the type of the
group, passing through Nodosaria and ending in Crisfellaria as the
most complete manifestation of its method of growth.

* 1882. Ryder, John A. Structure and ovarian incubation of Gatnbiisia
fatruelis, a top-minnow. <^American Naturalist, Feb., 1882, pp. 109-118.

ADDRESSES AND COMMUNICATIONS.

THE PRINCIPLES OF ZOOGEOGRAPHY.*

By Theodore Gill.

Zoogeography, or the science of the geographical distribution of
animals, may be said to have originated with the illustrious French
naturalist of the last century, who inaugurated the era of philo-
sophical zoology in about the same degree as Linnaeus did that of
systematic zoology, and who is also well known as the antagonist and
rival of the great Swede. Many of the facts that are the bases of
its propositions had indeed been known before the time of Buffon,
but the relations of those facts to each other, and to the general
doctrine of science, had either been entirely overlooked or were
vaguely appreciated.

It is Buffon who is to be credited with having first promulgated
precise generalizations respecting the geographical distribution of
animals. Buffon, in this respect, not only advanced much beyond
his predecessors, but leaped at once to a position which some of the
the more pretentious naturalists of our own times have failed to
attain. In brief, he recognized (i) that the inhabitants of the
tropical and southern portions of the old and new worlds were
entirely different from each other; (2) that those of the northern
portions of the two were, to a considerable extent, identical ; and

*Annual presidential address delivered at the Third Anniversary Meeting of the
Society, January 19, 1883, in the lecture room of the U. S. National Museum.

In the present address, previous contributions by the author to Zoogeography —
the article " Zoological Geography " in Johnson's New Universal Cyclopaedia, and
a review of Wallace's " Geographical Distribution of Animals," published in " The
Nation" for July 12 and 19, 1877, and republished in " Field and Forest," (vol.
iii, pp. 69-74, 78-80, 98-101,) have been borrowed from.

2 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

(3) that the confluence of the two was most apparent towards the
proximate portions of America and Asia. The truth that animals
in fact had, for the most part, originated in the regions of the earth
where they are now found, became incontrovertible ; and geologi-
cal research demonstrated that they were preceded by forms Avhich
were the ancestors of those now living on the soil. Numerous
zoologists from time to time took up the problem of the distribution
of animals as a special study.

But it is not incumbent on us at present to enter into a discussion
of the steps in our knowledge of the geographical distribution of
animals. It will now be sufficient to glance at two of the latest and
rival propositions for the partition of the globe into those primary
zoogeographical divisions, which, in furtherance of an analogy seized
upon by the late Professor Agassiz, in his designation of a well
known portion of North America as the " Zoological island of New
England," may be figuratively csdled Zoo/og/ca/ Continents. The
great divisions of this rank have been termed by many American
naturalists " realms," and by English writers " regions."

Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace, in his thoughtful work on " The Geo-
graphical Distribution of Animals,"* published in 1876, has recog-
nized six primary zoogeographical divisions of the globe, which he
has named regions, and, accepting views current in England, has
designated and constituted as follows : • .

I. Palaearctic region, with four sub-regions :

1. North Europe.

2. Mediterranean, or South Europe.

3. Siberia.

4. Manchuria, or Japan.

II. Ethiopian region, with four sub-regions :

1. East Africa.

2. West Africa.

3. South Africa.

4. Madagascar.

*Vol. i, pp. 81, 82.

president's address. 3

III. Oriental region, with four sub-regions :

1. Hindostan, or Central India.

2. Ceylon.

3. Indo-China, or Himalayas.

4. Indo-Malaya.

IV. Australian region, with four sub-regions:

1. Austro-Malaya.

2. Australia.

3. Polynesia.

4. New Zealand.

V. Neotropical region, with four sub-regions :

1. Chili, or South Temp. America.

2. Brazil.

3. Mexico, or Tropical North America.

4. Antilles.

VI. Nearctic region, with four sub-regions:

1. California.

2. Rocky Mountains.

3. Alleghanies, or East United States.

4. Canada.

A corresponding member of this Society, and one of the most
learned and thorough of American naturalists, Mr. J. A. Allen,
in an elaborate memoir on " The Geographical Distribution of the
Mammalia, considered in relation to the principal ontological re-
gions of the. earth, and the laws that govern the distribution of
animal life,"* published in 1878, has proposed a very different sub-
division. He recognized three categories of general areas — viz : (i)
"primary divisions or 'realms,'" (2) "secondary divisions or
'regions,' " and (3) "divisions of third rank or 'provinces.' "
The several categories have been denominated as -follows:

I. An Arctic, or North Circumpolar realm.

* Bulletin U. S. Geological Survey, vol. iv, p. 376.

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

II. A North Temperate realm, with two regions, viz :

1. American, with four provinces :

a. Boreal.

b. Eastern.

c. Middle.

d. Western.

2. Europfeo- Asiatic, with four provinces:

a. European.
d. Siberian.

c. Mediterranean.

d. Manchurian.

III. An American Tropical realm, with three regions, viz. :

1. Antillean.

2. Central American.

3. Brazilian.

IV. An Indo- African realm, with two regions, viz :

1. African, with three provinces:
a Eastern.

b. Western.

c. Southern.

2. Indian, with two provinces:

a. Continental.

b. Insular.

V. A South American Temperate realm, with two provinces, viz

a. Andean.

b. Pampean.

VI. An Australian realm, with three regions, viz :

1. Australian, with two provinces:

a. Australian.

b. Papuan.

2. Polynesian.
■3. New Zealand.

VII. A Lemurian realm (undivided).

VIII. An Antarctic or South Circumpolar realm.

president's address.

On a comparison of the respective schemes of Messrs. Wallace
and Allen, it is obvious that they must have been influenced by
quite different considerations. Not one of the primary regions of
the two authors is accepted with the same limits by both, and some-
times they differ radically. Mr. Allen recognizes as a peculiar
realm (the "Arctic realm ") a division which is considered neutral
territory belonging to the Palasarctic and Nearctic regions by Mr.
Wallace ; he degrades the Indian and African realnis to subdivi-
sions of a common Indo-African realm, but subtracts from the
former the Malagasy region to raise it to the rank of an indepen-
dent realm — the Lemurian — co-equal with the Indo-African. He
further adds, a South American temperate realm and an Antarctic
realm. The examination and analysis of the evidence which has
led to such different results will be instructive and lead up to some
interesting deductions. We may aptly commence this examination
by a glance at the several '^ realms " concerning which there is an
approximate agreement. But the premises upon which Messrs.
Wallace and Allen have worked should be first stated.

The conception of Mr. Wallace as to the character of the primary
zoogeographical regions or zoological continents is, that " it is a
positive, and by no means an unimportant, advantage to have our
named regions approximately equal in size, and with easily defined,
and therefore easily remembered, boundaries," providing that "we
do not violate any clear affinities or produce any glaring irregu-
larities." It is further claimed that "all elaborate definitions of
interpenetrating frontiers, as well as regions extending over three-
fourths of the land surface of the globe, and including places which
are the antipodes of each other, would be most inconvenient, even
if there were not such difference of opinion about them."*

Again, Mr. Wallace says: "On two main points every system
yet proposed, or that probably can be proposed, is open to objec-
tion ; they are, — istly, that the several regions are not of equal
rank ; — andly, that they are not equally applicable to all classes of

* Wallace, Geog. Dist. Anim., vol. i, pp. 63, 64.

6 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHIXGTOX.

animals. As to the first objection, it will be found impossible to form
any three or more regions each of which differs from the rest in an
equal degree or in the same manner. One will surpass all others
in the possession of peculiar families ; another will have many
characteristic genera ; while a third will be mainly distinguished by
negative characters. There will also be found many intermediate
districts, which possess some of the characteristics of two well'
marked regions, with a few special features of their own, or perhaps
with none ; and it will be a difficult question to decide in all cases
which region should possess the doubtful territory, or whether it
should be formed into a primary region itself."*

As to the question " Which class of animals is of most importance
■ in determining Zoological Regions," JSIr. Wallace thinks that we
should "construct our typical or standard Zoological Regions in the
first place, from a consideration of the distribution of mammalia,
only bringing to our aid the distribution of other groups to determine
doubtful points. Regions so established will be most closely in ac-
cordance with those long-enduring features of physical geography, on
which the distribution of all forms of life fundamentally depends; and
all discrepancies in the distribution of other classes of animals must
be capable of being explained, either by their exceptional means
of dispersion or by special conditions affecting their perpetuation
and increase in each locality." " If these considerations are well
founded," he continues, "the objections of those who study in-
. sects or molluscs, — for example, that our regions are not true for their
departments of nature, — cannot be maintained. For they will find,
that a careful consideration of the exceptional means of dispersal
and conditions of existence of each group, will explain most of the
divergences from the normal distribution of higher animals, "f

Mr. Allen recalls that he had in 1871 "claimed, in accordance
with the views of Humboldt, Wagner, Dana, Agassiz, DeCandolle,
and others, that life is distributed in circumpolar zones which con-

* Wallace, Geog. Dist. Anim., vol. i. p. 53.
f Wallace, op. cit., vol. i, p. 57.

president's address. 7

form with the climatic zones, though not always with the parallels
of the geographer."

Mr. Allen contends -i^ that —

'' In fact, so generally is temperature recognized by the leading
writers on the distribution of marine life that it seems superfluous
to reiterate or emphasize this principle. That the zones of life
should be perhaps a little less obvious over the land areas — in con-
sequence of the diversity of contour resulting from differences of
elevation, and the interruptions and exceptional conditions due to
mountain chains and high plateaus — than over the oceanic expanses,
is naturally to be expected. That there is, however, a similar cor-
respondence between climatic belts and the zones of life seems to me
abundantly evident. As has been already shown, the broader or
primary zones are, first, an Arctic or North Circumpolar Zone, em-
bracing the arctic, subarctic, and colder temperate latitudes of the
northern hemisphere, throughout the whole of which area there is
a marked homogeneity of mammalian life, as well as of animal and
vegetable life in general ; .secondly, that below this there is a broad
belt of life, which, iu its general fades, is distinctive of the tem-
perate and warm-temperate latitudes, and that these two zones of
life are far more closely related inter se than with the life of the in-
tertropical regions, with which regions they may be collectively con-
trasted, and together receive the appropriate name of ' Arctogcea ; '
thirdly, it has been shown, so far as the northern hemisphere is
concerned, that the life of the tropical and temperate regions of the
same continent is more widely different than is the life of corre-
sponding portions of the temperate and colder parts of the (so-called)
Old World and the New ; fourthly, that the life of Tropical
America has very little in common with that of the tropical por-
tions of Asia and Africa; fifthly, that the life of the South Tem-
perate Zone presents a fades distinct from that of the tropics, and
has still less in common with that of the North Temperate Zone ;
sixthly, that Australasia is so highly differentiated as to form a dis-
tinct primary region, having little in common with other lands,
even with those of contiguous regions, or those having a similar
geographical position ; seventhly, that Madagascar and its contig-
uous islands, while to some extent African in affinity, form also a
highly specialized region ; lastly, that the antarctic and cold south-

* Allen, op. cit., pp. 373-375-

8 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

temperate oceanic regions are recognizable as a primary region,
characterized by a peculiar general fades of life, that more strongly
recalls that of the corresponding portions of the northern hemis-
phere than of any other portion of the earth. It has been further
shown that the Australian Realm is divisible into temperate and
tropical portions, and also that the land surface is separable into
zones of even still narrower limits, corresponding in a general way
with those recognized by Dana for marine life.

"The almost total absence of identical genera, or even of families,
excepting such as are essentially cosmopolitan, in the American and
Old World tropics, as well as the distinctness of the Lemurian
Realm, and the almost total isolation of the Australian Realm, evi-
dently require for their explanation other causes than merely the
existing climates. The geological history of these land-areas and
their faunae must be of course considered in order to understand
their present relationships. As the northern hemisphere at present
most clearly shows,- nearly continuous land surface and similarity of
climatic conditions implies identity of fauna, while isolation, especi-
ally when joined with diverse climatic conditions, implies diversity
of life, and a differentiation proportionate to the degree of isolation,
and the length of time such isolation has existed ; in other words,
that the present want of affinity between the life of the Lemurian
and Australian Realms and that of the rest of the world is due
rather to their long geographical isolation than to present climatic
conditions, and that we here find, for reasons perhaps not wholly
apparent, the remnants of a somewhat primitive or early fauna that
was formerly shared more largely by other areas than at present —
that these regions became isolated before the development of many
of the higher and now prevalent types of the larger and more diversi-
fied land-areas, and that here differentiation has proceeded less
rapidly and along fewer and narrower lines than elsewhere ; further-
more, that the present highly diversified fauna of the chief tropical
areas, in comparison with the fauna of the north-circumpolar lands,
is due in part to the southward migration, near the close of the
Tertiary period, of forms adapted to a high temperature, and in
part to the high rate of differentiation favored by tropical condi-
tions of climate. Hence, given: i. Arctic and cold-temperate
conditions of climate, and we have a fauna only slightly or moder-
ately diversified ; 2. A moderate increase of temperature, giving
warm-temperate conditions of climate, and we have the addition of

president's address. 9

many new types of life ; 3. A high increase of temperature, giving
tropical conditions of climate, and we have a rapid multiplication
of new forms and a maximum of differentiation. Again, given : i.
A long-continued continuity of land surface, and we have an essen-
tial identity of fauna ; 2. A divergence and partial isolation of land-
areas, and we find a moderate but decided differentiation of faunae ;
3. A total isolation of land-areas, and we have a thorough and rad-
ical differentiation of faunae, proportioned to the length of time the
isolation has continued. Hence, the present diversity of life is cor-
related with two fundamental conditions: i. Continuity or isola-
tion, past as well as present, of land surface ; and, 2. Climatic con-
ditions, as determined mainly by temperature."

Without further comment, we will proceed to the consideration
(i) of the several regions concerning which there is proximate
agreement, and (2) next to those in dispute.

THE NORTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE REALM OR NEARCTIC REGION.

It is with its widest limits that this territory has been admitted
by Mr. Wallace, while by Mr. Allen it is deprived of the Arctic
region, which has been associated with the isothermal portion of the
Eurasia to constitute together an Arctic realm. This will be the
subject of consideration hereafter. Issue has also been joined as
to the southern limits of the realm and as to the pertinence or non-
pertinence to it of the Sonoran and Lower Californian "regions"
of Cope, but this is a question of detail which need not detain us
at the present time.

THE EUROP^O-ASIATIC OR PALy^ARCTIC REALM.

The only serious point at issue between Messrs. Wallace and
Allen affecting this realm is whether the Arctic portion is, or is
not, an integer, Mr. Wallace including it and Mr. Allen excluding
and uniting it with the American Arctic, and considering the two
as the components of a " realm," as will be hereafter seen.

It will be now in order to inquire into the tenability of the other
realms whose adoption has been urged by Mr. Allen. These are

10 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

the Arctic, the Indo-African, the Lemurian, the South American
Temperate, and the Antarctic.

THE ARCTIC REALM.

Mr. Allen gives the following reasons for retention of this realm :

" Whether or not an Arctic Region should be recognized as a
division of the first rank is a question not easy to satisfactorily an-
swer. Naturalists who have made the distribution of animal life
in the boreal regions a subject of special study very generally agree
in the recognition of ahyperborealor circumpolar fauna, extending
in some cases far southward over the Temperate Zone. The Arctic
portion of this hyperborean region has been frequently set off as a
secondary division, or sub-region, and generally recognized as pos-
sessing many features not shared by the contiguous region to the
southward. For the present I prefer to still retain it as a division
of the first rank. It is characterized mainly by the paucity of its
life, as compared with every region except the Antarctic, and by
what it has not rather than by the possession of peculiar species or
groups. It wholly lacks both Amphibian and Reptilian life, is
almost exclusively the summer home of many birds, and forms the
habitat of the Esquimaux, the Arctic Fox, the Polar Bear, the
Musk Ox, the Polar Hare, the Lemmings, the Walruses, the Narwhal,
and the White Whale, which are confined within it. It has no
Chiroptcni nor Insecthwra, two or three species of Shrews, however,
barely reaching its southern border. It shares with the cold-temp-
erate belt the presence of the Moose and the Reindeer, several Pin-
nipeds, a number of boreal species of Glircs, several fur-bearing
Carnivora, and a considerable number of birds. Its southern bound-
ary may be considered as coinciding very nearly with the northern
limit of arboreal vegetation, and hence approximately with the iso-
therm of 32° F. Its more characteristic terrestrial forms range
throughout its extent, none being restricted to either the North
American or Europ^eo-Asiatic continent. Hence it is indivisible
into regions of the second and third grades (regions and provinces,)
and may be considered as embracing a single hyperborean assem-
blage of life."

It cannot be overlooked that the reasons thus urged are very un-
satisfactory, and result in part from the confusion of inland and
marine faunae under the same category. The seals, walruses, and

pkesident's address. 11

cetaceans are not terrestrial mammals, but marine, and their distri-
bution is governed by the same laws which affect marine animals
generally. The very few peculiar species, except the musk ox, are
but little modified relations of forms common to the adjoining
realms, and the absence of most forms is evidently dependent on
the cold climate, and furnishes no more reason for assigning a pri-
mary rank to the territory so characterized than it would to the
mountain peaks aild deserts so frequently isolated in the midst of the
adjoining regions, and which are equally distinguished by the
paucity of their animal life. The fact that it cannot be distinctly
relegated to either the North American or Eurasian realms, but is
neutral territory, is scarcely sufficient to warrant its entire isolation
from both.

The next disputed question involves the union or distinction of
the Indian and African territories. The question is thus discussed
by Mr. Allen.

. INDO-AFRICAN REALM.

According to Mr. Allen, " The Indo-Afncan Realm consists
mainly of Intertropical Africa and Intertropical Asia, to which it
seems proper to add Extratropical South Africa. The small por-
tion of Africa south of the Southern Tropic lies wholly within the
warm-temperate zone. Its small extent and broad connection with
Tropical Africa render its separation as a distinct realm (as I at
one time rather hastily considered it) almost inadmissible, since it
is especially open to the influence of the great intertropical African
fauna, as is shown by the extension of many tropical forms dowsi to
within a few degrees of its southern extremity. The area really
possessing a temperate climate is restricted to its extreme southern
border, where alone appear the few generic and flimily types that
do not have a very general range over the tropical portions of the
continent. This area is many times smaller than the temperate
portion of South America, but, though so small, has quite a num-
ber of peculiar genera, which impart to it quite distinctive features.
It yet seems better to regard it as an appendage of the great Indo-
African Realm rather than as a distinct primary region. Madagas-
car, with the Mascarene Islands, on the other hand, while perhaps
possessing a closer affinity with Africa than with any other conti-

12 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

nental region, has yet a fauna made up so largely of peculiar types
that it seems more in accordance with the facts of distribution to
regard it as a separate primary region.

" The Indo-African Realm, as thus restricted, forms a highly
natural division. Although its tvvo principal areas are quite widely
separated, being in fact geographically almost wholly disassociated,
they possess a wonderful degree of similarity. Of the fifty com-
monly recognized families of mammalia occurring within its limits,
three-fifths are distributed throughout almost its whole extent. Of
the remainder, one-half are confined to Africa, and one is African
and American, leaving only nine in India that are unrepresented in
Africa ; three only of these latter are, however, peculiar to the In-
dian Region ; all extend beyond it to the north\tard, five of them
even occurring over the greater part of the northern hemisphere.
Thus the African region is the more specialized division, only a
small portion of the tropical element in the Indian Region, through
which it is differentiated from the great Europeeo-Asiatic Temper-
ate Region, being unrepresented in the African, while the African
has three times as many peculiar families as the Indian."

I am quite unable to appreciate the force of this exposition as an
argument in favor of the union of the two regions ; it appears to me
that it is, indeed, one that tells for the contrary side. Let it be re-
called that the ten families* peculiar to the African region are very
distinct, and that almost all of the eighteen families "common to
both regions " can be added to the twelve " of wide extralimital
range," if we take into consideration their distribution in even newer
Tertiary or sometimes Quaternary times. Further, the genera even
were, for the most part, of wide distribution formerly, and there is
strong reason to believe that the thirty forms '"'common to both
regions" were invaders of Africa in the later Tertiary, and that
among those now "peculiar to the African region " we have the
remnants of older faunae. If we revert to the fishes we find some
striking facts. These can be resolved under two categories. On
the one hand a number of forms are peculiar to Africa, or shared
in common with South America ; on the other are certain genera

* There are really more.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 13

shared in common with Asia, or very closely related to Asiatic
forms, and well fitted for extension of their range by tenacity of
life or adaptation for limited aerial respiration. The evidence here
again leads to the conclusion that the peculiar types are derived from
very ancient tenants of the territory, while those common to Asia
are of recent introduction. We must of course take cognizance of
these contrary indications in our appreciation of the relations of
the respective regions, and not allow ourselves to be unduly influ-
enced by the predominance of the recent invaders. Africa is a de-
cidedly distinct region so far as its aboriginal population is con-
cerned. Further, its relations, as indicated by its primitive and
more characteristic types, are with South America rather than
with India, as I shall hereafter show.

THE LEMURIAN OR MALAGASY REALM.

Whether the Malagasy region or Leviurian realm of Allen is in-
dependent or an appanage of the African, is the question natur-
ally next in order.

According to Mr. Allen, "As was long since claimed by Dr.
Sclater,-'- Madagascar is faunally so distinct from every other onto-
logical division of the globe as to be entitled to the rank of a pri-
mary zoogeographical region. With it, as is generally admitted,
should be associated the Mascarene Islands. The very few mam-
mals indigenous to these islands are decidedly Madagascarine in
their affinities, as are the birds and other land animals. While the
Lemurian fauna shows decided African affinities, it is second only
to the Australian in its degree of specialization. It departs most
strikingly from all other regions in what it lacks, through the ab-
sence of all Carnivores save one peculiar family {Oyptoprocfidce),
represented by a single species, and four peculiar genera of the
family Viverridce ; of all Ruminants and Proboscidians ; all Pachy-
derms, except a single African genus of Sitidce ; and all Rodents,
except a few species of Murida. The Insectivores are almost wholly
represented by one or two species of Crocidura, and a family, em-
bracing several genera, not found elsewhere, save a single genus in

* Quart. Journ. Sci., vol. i, April, 1S64, pp. 213-219 (Allen).
6

14 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

the West Indies. Four families of Bats occur, but are represented,
with one exception, by a single species each.- They belong to
groups of semi-cosmopolitan range, and owing also to the excep-
tional means of dispersal possessed by the Chiroptera, have little
weight in determining the affinities of the fauna. The Quadru-
manes are represented only by the Froswtice, of which three-fourths
of all the species occur here, while about four-fifths of the remain-
der are African. The remains of an extinct ■srgtc\Q'n oi Hippopota-
mus have been found, a type existing at present only in Africa.
Although the Indian genus Vivenicula has recently been established
as occurring in Madagascar, the few types that connect the Lemu-
rian mammalian fauna with the faunae of other parts of the world
are preponderatingly African."

There is much that could be said on both sides of this question,
thus ably discussed. When, however, we recall the fact, lately
urged, that most of the types that now characterize Africa are com-
paratively recent immigrants into that continent; that the nearest
existing allies of the peculiar mammalian types of Madagascar are
to be found among the older types of Africa, and that the few fresh-
water fishes of Madagascar are of a decided African type, the diver-
gences of the two are materially lessened ; there is no dispute that
the relations of the Malagasy fauna are most intimate with Africa,
and as the question of the distinction of the former from the latter
is at least doubtful, and must remain so until its fauna is better
known and has been more thoroughly analyzed, we may, provision-
ally, At least, consider the one as an appanage of the other, having
not mutli less perceptible relations to the main portion than does
the Antillean to the South American.

THE SOUTH AMERICAN TEMPERATE REALM.

In Mr. Allen's words, " What is here termed the South American
Temperate Realm embraces all that portion of the South American
continent and adjacent islands not included in the American Tropi-
cal Realm as already defined. It coincides very nearly with Mr.
Wallace's 'South Temperate American or Chilian Sub-region.'*

* Geog. Dist. Animals, voL ii, p. 36, and map of the Neotropical Region.

president's address. 15

Its northern limit on the Atlantic coast is near the thirtieth par-
allel. On leaving the Atlantic coast, the northern boundary passes
obliquely northwestward, rising in the region of the Chaco Desert,
to, or possibly a little beyond, the Tropic of Capricorn. Again,
descending to about -the twenty-fifth parallel, it turns abruptly
northward and eastward, along the eastern border of the Andean
chain, nearly to the fifth degree of south latitude, near which point
it strikes the Pacific coast. It thus embraces a large part of the
great Andean plateau, with the neighboring coast region to the
westward, nearly all the La Plata plains, and the region thence
southward to Tierra del Fuego, which belongs also to this region.

"As contrasted with the Tropical Realm to the northward, it is
characterized, in respect to mammals, by the absence of all Quad-
rumana and the paucity of Edentates and Marsupials, there being
neither Sloths nor Anteaters, while only two or three species of Opos-
sums barely extend over its borders ; the absence of all genera of
Leaf-nosed bats, and of not less than a dozen important genera of
Rodents, the Coatis, the Kinkajou, the Tapirs, and many other
genera characteristic of the American tropics.* As noted by Mr.
Wallace, it is further characterized by the possession of the entire
family of the Chinchillidce, the genera Auchema, Habrocomiis,
Spalacopus, Actodon, Ctcnomys, Dolichotis, Myopotamits^ Chlama-
dophonts, to which may be added the marine genera Otaria, Arc-
tocephahis, Morunga, Lobodon, and Stenorhynchus, very few of which
range beyond the northern border of this region. The Spectacled
Bear is also confined to it, and here are also most largely developed
the Murine genera Calomys, Acodon, and Reithrodon.^''

Mr. Allen might have derived additional cogent evidence for the
independence of this realm from the fresh-water fishes, which, in
fact, show more relationship to those of New Zealand and Tas-
mania than to the tropical American types. Indeed, this relation-
ship is such that an English rchthyqlogist of some note. Dr. Giin-

* "Among the genera of the Brazilian region here unrepresented are, aside from
the Qttadrnmana, Cercoleptes, Naszia, Tapiriis, Bradypiis, Choelopiis, Alyrmeco-
phaga, Tamandua, Cycloi/nirus, Phyllostoma, Glossophaga, Arctibeus, Dysopes,
(and other genera of Ckiroptera,) Hydrochccriis, Cercoinys, Daclylomys, Loncheres,
Echimys, Ccelogenys, Dasyprocta, Chcetoinys, Cercolabes, Lepics, Sciitnis, Ha-
brothriXf Oxymycterus, Holochilus, etc., = 2y-\-.'"

16 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

thcr, has considered the several countries as constituents of a single
" region," called the Antarctic region, whose subdivisions were
designated as the Tasmanian, New Zealand, and Patagonian "sub-
regions," and which were, in his opinion, "almost identical."
On the whole I am now inclined to follow Mr. Allen in differentiat-
ing this realm from the South American, somewhat contrary to my
former views, although I do so with some hesitation.

THE ANTARCTIC OR SOUTH CIRCUMPOLAR REALM.

Mr. Allen has enunciated the following views respecting an Ant-
arctic Realm :

" The Antarctic Realm is geographically almost wholly oceanic,
and its fauna hence consists almost exclusively of marine or pelagic
species. It necessarily embraces not only the Antarctic Zone, but
a large part of the cold south-temperate, since very few of its char-
acteristic species are wholly restricted to the Antarctic waters. It
will hence include not only the few small groups of Antarctic
Islands, but also Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland Islands, and
perhaps also the extreme southern shores of South America, while
some of its characteristic forms also extend to New Zealand, and
even Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. The only mammals
that can be considered as strictly characteristic of this region are
Pinnipeds and Cetaceans, of which several genera of each are almost
wholly restricted to it. A " South Frigid," "'Antarctic," or
"South Circumpolar" "Zone," "Region," or "Realm," has
been recognized by various writers for the marine invertebrates,
and, by von Pelzeln for birds, with limitations much as here as-
signed. While the number of species peculiar to it is small, it is
large relatively to the whole number represented, especially in the
colder latitudes. There is, of course, a broad belt along its north-
ern border of a transitional character, where Antarctic types over-
lap the range of groups characteristic of south-temperate lati-
tudes."-^^

As it is admitted that no terrestrial or fresh-water animals have
been found in the Antarctic regions, it is not obvious why such
a realm should have been proposed in connection with the distri-

*Allen op. cit., p. 372.

president's address. 17

bution of terrestrial vertebrates, and it will be premature to even
consider it till such animals have been found.

Such are the "realms" or "regions" recognized by Messrs.
Wallace and Allen.

But there still remain large extents of land and water which have
not been recognized as independent realms by either Messrs. Wal-
lace or Allen, but which have been referred to a heterogeneous
Australian one, as a kind of refuge of the destitute. These we shall
consider as a .sequel to the determination of the " realms," which
our inquiries and criticisms have naturally now led us to.

In fine, we see reason for admitting nine primary divisions of
the earth's inland surface, characterized by major associations of
animals. Beginning with home, and proceeding to the successively
more differentiated realms, these are (i) the Anglogasan or North
American; (2,) the Eurygaean or Eurasian; (^3,) the Indogsean ;
(4,) the Afrog?ean ; (5,) the Dendrogaean or Tropical-American ;
(6,) the Amphigeean or Temperate South American ; (7, ) the Aus-
trogtean or Australian ; (8,) the Ornithog^an, or New Zealand ;
and (9,) the Ncsogsean or Polynesian.

I. THE ANGLOG.t.\N OR .A.RCTAMERICAN REALM.*

I. The North American or Nearctic Realm embraces North Amer-
ica from its northern boundaries, where it approaches, on opposite
sides, the Eurasiatic realm, southward into Northern Mexico, pro-
jecting into that country to a considerable distance along the exten-
sion of the Rocky Mountains, and ceasing somewhere near the
southwestern boundary of the United States on the lowlands. It
has representatives of 26 families and about 250 species of mammals,
exclusive of the marine types; about 60 families and not far
from Soo species of birds (Baird, Brewer, and Ridgway) ; 25
families, and about 250 species of reptiles; 14 families and about
100 species of amphibians; 17 families and about 600 species of

* Some synonyms of the realm names adopted are given at the commencement
of each paragraph.

18 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

fresh-water fishes, and i family and 6 or 7 species of Marsipobran-
chiates. Of these, several are wholly or almost peculiar to the re-
gion. These are, of mammals, the Antilocapridae, Zapodidte,
Gcomyidce, and Haploodontid^ ; of birds, the Chamcxidte (of very
doubtful value) ; of reptiles, the LichanuridK ; of amphibians, (ac-
cording to Cope,) the Scaphiopodidte, Plethodontida, Amblysto-
mid^, Amphiumidaj, and Sirenidte ; and of fishes, the Centrar-
chid«, Elassomidae, Aphredoderidre, Amblyopsidce, Percopsidae,
Hyodontidae, and Amiid^e. Of the others, those characteristic of
the northern portions of the region are shared in common with
Europe and Northern Asia, while such as are especially represented
in the southern portions are held in common with South America.
On the whole, however, the predominant type of the region — and
only more decidedly so to the northward — is akin to that of the
Eastern hemisphere, and the South American aspect given to the
region is apparently due rather to the (geologically) recent intru-
sion of South American types than to its being the natal abode of
such forms.

Of the other classes of animals, those most noteworthy are the
gastropods and conchifers ; the former is extremely rich in species
of the family of CeriphasiidcC, which includes Melanioids of peculiar
genera; the latter is even to a still greater degree exuberant in
species representing also numerous sections, or sub-genera, peculiar
to the region. In fact, over 400 species of gastropods, most of
which belong to the Ceriphasiidse, and about 600 species of con-
chifers, the greater portion of which are members of the family of
Unionidce, have been attributed to the region, but these numbers
are undoubtedly greatly exaggerated. It may be added, in con-
clusion, that several of the families and genera now peculiar to the
realm were, in early geological epochs, represented elsewhere, the
Lepidosteidae, for instance, having formerly had members in Eu-
rope. Several of the peculiar genera are also of great antiquity,
characteristic sections or genera of Viviparid?e, Melaniidse, and

pkesident's address. 10

Unionid^ having existed as early as the Cretaceous and even the
Jurassic period.

II. THE EURYG^AN OR EURASIATIC REALM.

The European or Palaearctic Reahii is the largest of all, and
embraces the entire northern portion of the Old World. Its south-
ern limits nearly coincide with the tropic of Cancer in the lowlands,
and its isotherm projected therefrom in the more rugged countries.
In Africa it extends into the Desert of Sahara, and in Asia it is
limited by the Himalaya Mountains and their spurs. It possesses
members of 31 families of terrestrial mammals, 55 of birds (accord-
ing to Wallace), 25 of reptiles, 9 of amphibians (according to Giui-
ther), and 16 of fresh-water fishes. None of these families, how-
ever, are continuous over the entire area and at the same time pe-
culiar to it. It is true that several families are restricted within
its limits, such as the Trogonophid^e and Ophiomoridce among
reptiles, and the Comephoridse among fishes, but these are very
limited in their distribution; the family Comephoridse, ^. ^^'•., is
represented by a single species, confined to a single lake (Baikal)
of Siberia. The realm is characterized, therefore, rather by what
it has not than by what it has among families, and is based mainly
on the structural modifications of minor value (generic or specific)
of its constituents.

III. THE INDOG^AN REALM.

The Indian or Oriental Realm is of less extent than either of
the two preceding ones, but is nevertheless richer than either in the
number of species. It extends from the Himalayan range on the
north to the Indian Ocean on the south, and toward the S. E. is
limited by the narrow but deep strait which intervenes between
Celebes Island and its dependencies on the one hand, and Borneo
on the other, and also between the island of Lombok on the
cne hand and Bali on the other; it thus includes the penin-
sulas of Hither and Farther India, and the Indo-Malayan Archi-

20 BIOLOGICA^- SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

pelago and Philippine Islands. In it are found ;^^ families of ter-
restrial mammals, 71 families of birds (according to Wallace), 25
families of reptiles, 9 of amphibians, and 15 of fresh- water fishes.
Of these, 12 are peculiar, viz: among mammals, the Tarsiidre,
Galeopitnecidfe, and Tupaiidse ; among birds, the Liotrichidae,
Phyllornithidfe, and Eurylaemidte ; among reptiles, t!he Xenopeltidae,
Uropeltidte, and Acrochordidse ; and among fishes, the Lucioceph-
alidse, Ophiocephalid^, and Mastacembelidoe. As in the case of
other regions, there is considerable diversity of opinion as to its
relations to others, and as to its several subdivisions.

IV. THE AFROG^AN REALM.

The African or Ethiopian Realm, as the name indicates, in-
cludes the greater part of the African continent, but not all, it be-
ing limited on the N. by the Desert of Sahara, although on all
other sides bounded by the ocean ; but it also comprises the island
of Madagascar and the Mascarenes, as well as, according to some
recent authors, the peninsula of Arabia. It is distinguished es-
pecially in that it possesses the highest types, after man, of the order
Primates, and which are in all respects the most anthropoid. This
region is also further distinguished by the restriction to it of as
many as ten isolated families of mammals, viz : Daubentoniidce,
Cryptoproctidae, Protelidse, Camelopardidae, Hippopotamidee, Loph-
iomyidse, Centetid?e, Potamogalidae, Chrysochloridae, and Orycter-
opidse. Among birds, there are six so-called families peculiar to
it — Paictidte, Musophagid^e, Coliidae, Leptosomidce, Irrisoridte,
and Serpentariidoe. The most marked, however, are the fishes, of
which there are fourteen families ; of these, five are peculiar, viz :
Pantodontidae, Kneriidae, Mormyridae, Gymnarchidte, and Polyp-
teridse, and three are shared with South America alone — Cichlidffi,
Characinidte, and Lepidosirenidae. This realm, like all the others,
has been subdivided by Wallace into four regions, or, as he desig-
nates-them, " subregions," viz; (a) the East African, (^) the
West African, (<r) the South African, and (</) the Malagassy.

president's addkess. 21

V. THE DENDROG.^AN REALM.

The South American or Neotropical Reabn extends from the N. ,
near the northern boundaries of Mexico in the lowlands, and lower
down in the highlands, to the temperate regions of South America,
and its dependencies, for with it are also generally associated the
West Indian Islands. It has 30 families of mammals, 73 of birds,
35 of reptiles, 16 of amphibians, and 17 of fresh-water fishes. An
unusual proportion of these are peculiar to the region, or nearly so.
Among the mammals are the Cebidae, Mididse, Desmodidae, Dino-
myidae, Caviidse, Hydrochoeridas, Bradypodidae, Dasypodidse,
Tatusiidse, and Myrmecophagidse. Several of the families which
are shared in common with North America are also almost as
characteristic, the North American species being rather intruders
therein from the region under question than true autochthones.
Such are the Procyonidae, Bassaridid^, Saccomyidae, Cercolabidae,
Phyllostomidffi, and Didelphididce. Other families are peculiar in
their distribution : for example, of the Tapiridse, two well defined
genera and several species are found in South America, and the
only other representative is distant as far as the Indo-Malayan-Archi-
pelago. These are anomalies, however, that become readily explica-
ble when it is recalled that, in previous geological epochs, both of
the said families were extensively distributed over the northern
hemisphere, and consequently the Avidelf-separated living forms are
evidently simply surviving representatives of formerly widespread
types. Of birds, according to the views of Wallace and many or-
nithologists, 22 families are restricted to the region, and 7 others
are common and peculiar to it and the North American region.
The peculiar families of birds, according to Wallace, are the Csere-
bidae, or sugar-birds ; Phytotomidje, or plant-cutters ; Pipridse, or
manakins; Cotingids, or chatterers; Formicariidae, or ant-thrushes ;
Dendrocolaptidae, or tree-creepers; PteroptochidK ; Rhamphastidae,
or toucans ; Bucconidce, or puff-birds ; Galbulidse, or jacamars ;
Todids, or todies; Momotidae, or motmots ; Steatornithidae, the
guacharo or oil-bird ; Cracidae, or curassows ; Tinamidae, or tina-

22 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

mous ; Opisthocomidie, the hoazin ; Thinocorid;^ ; Cariamidee :
Aramidae ; Psophiidse, or trumpeters ; Eurypygidie, or sun-bitterns ;
and Palamedeidffi, or horned screamers. The Trochilidte, or hum-
ming-birds, are especially noteworthy on account of their great
numbers. Six families of reptiles have also been claimed as pecu-
liar to the realm, and among the lizards the family of Iguanidse is
remarkably developed. Four families of amphibians and four of
fishes are also considered as restricted to the realm. The relation
between the fishes of South America and Africa is another feature
of special significance : there are three families shared between the
two, and fomid nowhere else, and genera of the respective families
are not distantly related, although none are actually common to the
two realms.

VI. THE AMPHIG^AN REALM.

The Temperate South American Realm may retain provisionally
the limits assigned to it by Mr. Allen, and as these have already
been specified when considering Mr. Allen's views, it is unnecessary
to repeat them here. Within its limits occur representatives of several
peculiar groups; there are i8 families of terrestrial mammals, two
of which (the Chinchillidee and Chlamyphoridse) are almost con-
fined to it, and two (Ursidae and Camelidse) are shared with the
northern realms without occurring in the contiguous realm ; 42 so-
called families of birds, three of which (the Chionidida3, Thino-
coridse, and Rheidse) scarcely or not at all encroach northwards;
15 families of reptiles ; 11 families of amphibians ; 5 families of
fishes, two of which are shared with New Zealand and Tasmania,
and scarcely extend into Tropical America ; and one family of
Myzonts, also shared with New Zealand and Tasmania.

VII. THE AUSTROG^AN REALM.

The Australian Realm is of all the most distinctly defined
by its fauna. As it will be here limited, it comprises Australia and
the immediately outlying islands, tmd the Austro-Malayan Archi-

president's address. 23

pelago. It is limited northward by Wallace's line or strait, which
separates Lombok from Bali and Celebes from Borneo, including
Papua or New Guinea and the Solomon Islands to the eastward,
and southward embraces Tasmania or Van Diemen's Land. It is
especially distinguished by its numerous marsupial mammals, and
by the almost complete restriction of the class to representatives of
that order, the rodents and the bats ; the Monotremes are also
characteristic of the realm, and entirely confined to it. The class
of birds likewise has a number of very characteristic types : chief
of these are Megapodid^e and Casuarids, but there are several
others — c. g., the Paradiseidse, Meliphagidse, Menuridee, and At-
richidae — that are almost equally peculiar. The reptiles and am-
phibians are perhaps less noteworthy, although they present some
interesting features of detail. The fresh-water fishes are, however,
especially remarkable ; while many of what maybe called marine
families are represented by fluviatile species, there are several that
are peculiar to it or only found elsewhere in South America.
Among the former is the family Ceratodontidse, which in former
geological epochs was extensively represented in other parts of the
world, but is now peculiar to Australia. Among the latter are the
families Percophididse, Haplochitonidae, Galaxiidte, Osteoglos-
sidte, and Symbranchidse. The articulates and mollusks also afford
a large number of characteristic forms. The primary subdivisions
of the realm are two.

VIII. THE ORNITHOGi^AN REALM.

The New Zealand sub-region of Mr. Wallace cannot be satisfac-
torily referred to the Australian or any other realm, and, although
its peculiar characters are not very salient, it should apparently be
isolated as a peculiar realm. The name Ornithogsea, proposed
nearly ten years ago, may be retained for it. In prehistoric times,
it was the abode of a number of gigantic struthiiform birds, which
have been referred to one or two peculiar families — the Dinornithidse
and Palapterygids — and a related family — the Apterygidse — is still

24 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

represented by four species. There are also many other birds rep-
resenting genera peculiar to New Zealand. Here also live the only
survivors {Spkenodon or Haiteria) of an order of reptiles (Rhyn-
chocephalia) which, in ancient times, had a wide distribution. The
fresh-water fishes are few, but noteworthy. One genus {^Galaxias)
is common to the temperate portions of Australia and South Amer-
ica, another {Prototroctes) to New Zealand and South Australia, a
third {Neochanna) of the family of Galaxiidse is peculiar, and also
peculiar is a genus (^Reiropiima) distantly related apparently to the
Argentines (smelts, etc.) of the northern realms. The Gastro-
pod moUusks, and other invertebrates exhibit a peculiar associa-
tion of types, which, at the same time, re-enforces the distinctness
of the realm and gives rise to special problems of zoogeography.

IX. THE NESOG^AN REALM.

The restricted Polynesian realm is distinguished by negative
rather than positive characters, and is to some extent a " refuge of
the destitute." It includes all the islands of the tropical portions
of the Pacific Ocean combined under the general name Polynesia.
It is distinguished from all others by the total — or almost total —
absence of indigenous types of mammals. The other common
characters are very few; the avian types, on the whole, recall
mostly the Australian forms. There are, according to Wallace,
''not more than about 50 genera and about 150 species of land-
birds." It is possible that these islands are the remains of one or
more continental areas, and that at least most of them have been
submerged and lost their mammals, and on emergence, or rather
upheaval, have been peopled from other territories. The analysis
of this group would detain us too long, and this realm may, for the
present, be considered as a provisional one, to be hereafter studied
and properly limited.

All the primary zoogeographical divisions recogoized by Messrs.
Wallace and Allen have now been considered, but the relations of
the several realms to one another may be glanced at with profit. As

pkesident's address. 25

will be remembered, there are fundamental differences involved in
this respect between the views of Messrs. Wallace and Allen. Mr.
Wallace's sequence of his " regions " implies a reminiscence of an
ancient idea, which was expressed in the translation of the terms
"Old World "-and "New World" into respectively "Palasog^a"
and " Neogcea " The realms of Mr. Allen traverse such prunary
groups, and are rather subordinated to climatic considerations. Still
other groupings have been proposed, as, for example, by Professor
Huxley, who has segregated the Eurasiatic, Indian, and African
realms into an "Aretgeoga," and the South American, or Austro-
Columbian, Australasian, and New Zealand ones into a " Notog^ea."
And the present author has proposed to contrast the North Ameri-
can, Eurasiatic, and Indian realms under the denomination Cen-
ogcBa, with an Eogcea, comprising the African, South American,
Australian, and New Zealand realms. Let us look at some of the
facts which may determine our opinion in the case.

On the one hand, those forms of animal life which are capable ot
easy extension over extensive bodies of land or water, such as the
birds, which represent the highest types, physiologically speaking,
of life, are distributed in a manner to a large extent co-ordinate
with the present arrangement of land and water. The birds seem
to have especially become modified and adapted to the present topo-
graphical features of our earth at a (geologically speaking) recent
epoch. On the other hand, those animals of a more lethargic
character, or which are prevented by physical environments from
extending their range, are grouped entirely otherwise. This is
especially the case with the fresh-water animals of various kinds,
and notably with the fresh-wat^r fishes.

If the inhabitants of the fresh waters of the globe are taken into
consideration, the several realms we have defined may be combined
in quite a curious manner, which entirely contradicts the relations
which the present combinations of land and water would suggest.
It will then be seen that the inhabitants of the northern portions of
the several continents of North America, Europe, and Asia belong.

26 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in a great degree, to the same types ; and although the reahiis thus
associated are characterized by a number of forms pecuHar severally
to each of them, they form a natural whole in contradistinction
to the others. Very closely connected with this division is the
East Indian, and this forms with them an integral portion of a
great super-realm or hemisphere.

In striking contrast with the association of forms characteristic
of the several divisions alluded to are the fresh-water types of Aus-
tralia. Most closely related to Australia in this respect is South
America, and in the fresh waters of that contii^ent are to be found
several types which are common to rhe two continents. The only
remaining continent — Africa — although presenting some forms that
are common to it and India, on the whole furnishes us with an as-
sociation of fresh-water forms which recalls the South American
realm more than it does any other. Several families of fishes and
a number of types of other animals are common to the two and
are found nowhere else.

Combining these facts into a systematic whole, it has been pro-
posed to segregate the several realms in the manner hinted at, and
to combine under the name Eogaa (i) the Australian, (2) South
American, and (3) African realms ; and under the name Cenogaa
(4) the North American, (5) the European, and (6) the East Indian
realms. JSoga;a gives to us a number of forms which remind us of
the ancient inhabitants of the northern hemisphere, and hence the
name, while Cenogcea has lost most of the forms that were character-
istic of the past, and presents the newest aspect of the earth-faunas
in contradistinction with the other.

An explanation of these relations may be found in one or other
of two hypotheses, (i) The like forms may have originated where
they are now found, and have been ever confined within pro.xi-
mately their present limits; or (2) they may be the survivors of
anciently widely-distributed races. Neither hypothesis of itself is
a sufficient explanation of all the associations in question, but each
is applicable to different cases

president's address. 27

At this point, I will ask your attention for some problems whose
pertinency to our discussion will be evident, anda n answer to which
will determine our action in questions yet to be considered.

THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON DISTRIBUTION.

Our experimental knowledge of the influence of temperature on
animal life in isolated cases prepares us to find it a largely control-
liiig factor in the geographical distribution of the various minor
types, and the thermo-physiology of many super-generic types is
in strict consonance with their morphology. Many of the forms
which have been noticed as characteristic of specific realms or com-
mon to certain zones are limited in their range by thermometric
conditions. As a rule, temperature exerts a paramount influence
on the distribution of animal life. Nevertheless, the familiar adage
that there is no rule without an exception holds good for all the
laws of zoogeography. For instance, the tiger, which is as-
sociated, in the minds of most persons, with the jungles of torrid
India, flourishes likewise in the frigid Amurland ; the humming
birds, so characteristic of tropical America, are represented by
wanderers 'in the icy regions of both the north and south, and the
cyprinoid fishes live and multiply, with not greatly unequal facility,
in the waters of the torrid and frigid zones. Nevertheless, the rule
in general is that temperature is a most important factor in distri-
bution, and probably to its influence, in connection with the former
distribution of animal types and the bounds of older continents, are
due some of the differences which are now so salient, as, for in-
stance, between the North American and Eurasiatic realms.

In former times, families now confined to America were also rep-
resented in Europe ; such are the Snapping turtles or Chelydrid^
and the Lepidosteidse. Perhaps their present absence from the Eu-
ropean fauna is due to their former limitation southward, and the
cold of the Quaternary period, which extended over the whole of
their European domain and exterminated the species, while in
America, although the individuals over a large extent of territory

28 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

succumbed, the types continued to survive in the south, and the
deserted lands were repeopled when a gentler climate again pre-
vailed.

It is well known that the equatorial inhabitants of the old and
new worlds are quite 'dissimilar from one another, and it may be
thought that such dissimilarity is antagonistic to the law that tem-
perature is a primary factor in distribution. The facts in the case,
however, seem at once to justify the law and to Jiecessitate the in-
vocation of another. Undoubtedly there are no hindrances offered
by the climates of the several equatorial regions to the life of any
of the tropical types of life in all of the tropical regions. Tlieir
limitation, therefore, must be looked for in other causes; the con-
ditions imposed by climate on the north and south, where the con-
tinents converge, have forbidden their extension, and the distinct-
iveness of the types characteristic of the several regions is a result
of the laws of evolution acting during the long ages of dissolution
of the respective regions.

WHAT TYPE IS MO ;T FITTED TO EXPRESS FAUNAS ?

As will be remembered, Mr. Wallace has especially insisted on
the super-eminent availability of the mammals for the determina-
tion of faunal regions, and in this respect is cordially endorsed by
Mr. Allen. I fail, however, to appreciate the entire force or j)er-
tinence of their reasons, although to some extent pertinent. The
mammals are certainly the best and the only factors to determine
the mammalian faunas, but for general fiiunas all animals are to be
considered. The survey of the chronological and geographical
history of the various classes of the animal kingdom reveals marked
discrepancies between the several types in both of these cases, and
we are led to postulate several propositions as tentative hypotheses
for proof or disproof. All other things being equal, (i) the longer
a type has been in existence, the more widely should it have been
disseminated ; (2) the later a type has supervened, the more re-
stricted should it be, and the closer its accommodation to existing

president's address. 29

conditions ; (3) the stricter the environments of a type are, the less
are its means of dispersal ; and (4) the greater the facilities of a type
are for extension of its range, the wider should be its range.

Now, these propositions are such that they might at first appear
to be shallow truisms', but the emphatic proviso that all other Ihmgs
should be equal is especially necessary to keep us from error in ap-
plying the several propositions to the actual faunas. A brief glance
at the past history of some classes will render the necessity evident.
For example, on the one hand, even in the Palaeozoic period,
among others, representatives of the classes of Lamellibranchiates,
Gastropods, Arachnids, and Insects lived, which are inseparable
from families still in existence, while, on the other hand, extremely
few, if any, families of mammals or birds have a history which ex-
tends back as such into the Eocene Tertiary ; between the two cate-
gories expressed by such types the fishes form an intervening term.
Presumably, we should, therefore, be justified in expecting a wide
distribution of the first series of types, and, inversely, from their
geographical distribution, we should expect a long life history for
them. Our provisions in both cases would be justified by the facts.
And further, a study of the distribution of those types shows that
their ranges, in higher groups, are very imperfectly co-ordinate with
the present distribution of land.

The fresh-water fishes had become more differentiated than the
invertebrate types, in Mesozoic and Tertiary times, and are, there-
fore, better exponents of the later past relations of continental
areas than they are. Their presence, as well as their absence, are
very significant, and the bearings of such distribution have been
partly indicated in connection with the proposition to recognize
the Eogaean and Cenogsean worlds. Their study will avail much
hereafter in the reconstruction of the continents of the older epochs,
and the solution of the derivations of their faunas. Suffice it now
to express the opinion that the fishes are among the best indicators
of the ancient continental ar^as, and that the relations of the sev-
eral southern continents as to their ichthyic faunas can be best under-

30 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Stood by the assumption that at some remote epoch or epochs, -(but
not probably at any one time,) there was a distribution of land
which eventually permitted an emigration and immigration of types
from one and into another. The absence or slight intrusion of such
forms into the northern continent suggests the doubt as to a perfect
continuity of the land or fresh-water systems. There are, however,
doubtless other explanations available.

Thus far our attention has been confined to the inland — terres-
trial and aquatic — animals, and these alone have been relegated to
definite realms or regions by Messrs. Wallace and Allen. The
marine faunas of the globe have been practically ignored by both of
these students, their attention having been chiefly devoted to the
inland regions. The marine realms, however, are entirely inde-
pendent of the fluvio-terrestrial, and their characteristic associations
of animals are determined by other factors. The groupings which
I shall now adopt were first outlined by me in 1875,* ^^^^ certain 'of
the fundamental facts were long ago appreciated.

The importance of attention to the temperature of the sea, and
especially to that during the coldest month of the year in the two
hemispheres, in relation to zoogeography, was, perhaps, most fully
appreciated at first by the illustrious and versatile Dana, who,
just about thirty years ago, published, for the time, an excellent
'' Isocrymal Chart to Illustrate the Geographical Distribution of
Marine Animals" and an accompanying memoir, j in which zoo-
geographical principles were discussed with eminent learning and

wisdom. The chart is still one of the most useful in existence for
the student of zoogeography, but later ones answering the purpose,

and embodying more recent observations, have been published by

* Theodore Gill. On the Geographical Distribution of Fishes. <^Ann.
and ^L1g. Nat. Hist., (4,) vol. 15, p. 251-255; April, 1875. See also John-
son's New Universal Cyclopaedia, vol. 2 and 4, and The Nation, vol. 24, pp.
27-29, 42, 43; July 12 and 19, 1S77.

f James D. Dana On an Isothermal Qceanic Chart, illustrating the geo-
graphical distribution of marine animals. <^Am. Journ. So. and Arts, (2,) vol.
16, pp. 153-167, 314-327; .Sept. and Nov., 1853.

peesid?:nt's address. 31

the British admiralty, and in the Encyclopaedia Britannica*.
Nevertheless, charts based upon the latest observations of the num-
erous explorations that have been made within the past decade and
especially adapted for the zoologist are great desiderata, and it is
hoped that our own Coast Survey and Hydrographic Office, or the
United States Fish Commission, may supply the want.

Prof. Dana t recognized nine "regions" or categories of tem-
perature, segregated under three " zones," and all these, except the
equatorial, were duplicated in the respective hemispheres, thus :

]. — TORRID OR CORAL-REEF ZONE.

Regions. Isocrymal limits.

1. Supertorrid, [Eq.] 80° F. to 80° F.

2. Torrid, [E<i.] ' 80° to 74°

3. Subtorrid, [N., S.] 74° to 68°

II. — TEMPERATE ZONE.

1. -Warm Temperate, [N., S.]

2. Temperate, [N., S.]

3. Subtemperate, [N., S.]

4. Cold Temperate, [N., S.]

5. Subfrigid, [N., S.]

III. — FRIGID ZONE.

I. Frigid, [N., S.]

It is suggested that an additional " region, called the Polar, may
be added, if it should be found that the distribution of species living
in the frigid zone requires it, There are organisms that occur in
the ice and snow itself of the Polar regions; but these should be

68°

to 62°

62°

to 56°

56°

to 50°

50°

to 44°

44°

to 35"

35°

to 26°

*The Wind and Current Charts for the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian Oceans,
giving the isothermals of February for the northern hemisphere, and of August for
the southern, published in 1872, will be found the most useful. These have been
essentially reproduced in the article " Meteorology " of the Encyclopedia Brit-
annica, vol. 16, p. 133, 1883.

t Dana, op. cit., p. 157.

32 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

classed with the animals of the continents, and the continental iso-
therms or isocrymes, rather than the oceanic, are required for eluci-
dating their distribution."

The highest segregations of the marine faunas, as admitted by
Prof. Dana, are three divisions or "kingdoms," viz: " i, the
Ameticaii or Occide?ital, including east and west America ; 2, the
Africo- European, including the coasts of Europe and western
Africa ; and, 3, the Oriental, including the cooists of eastern
Africa, East Indies, eastern and southern Asia, and the Pacific.
Besides these, there are tho. Arctic or Antarctic kingdoms, including
the coasts of the frigid zones, and, in some places, as Fuegia,
those of the extreme temperate zone."

We have thus, from similar data, generalizations tending in op-
posite directions, ( i) that which was postulated as to the distribution
of marine life in zones, and (2) the one just recalled, which corre-
lates the distribution rather with the lay of the land.

Much may be said in favor of each proposition, and it is certain,
as I long ago contended, ^'^ that "the relations between the succes-
sive faunas, in a latitudinal direction of the shores of the several
continents, are traversed by relations existing, in a longitudinal
direction."

But I am inclined to think that an unconscious bias from the
long-prevalent ideas respecting the pertinence of marine forms to
the inland faunas, may have influenced Prof. Dana more than the
facts so well presented in his discussion.

I repeat further what I then also urged. There appears to be a
total want of correlation between the inland and marine faunas,
and a positive incongruity, and even contrast, between the two in
tlieir relations to others. This antagonism has been appreciated
by very few. In most works it is quietly assumed or insisted upon
that the sea and inland animals of a given region are integral con-
stituents of a homogeneous fauna, and by implication, at least, that

* The Nation, vol. 24, p. 43, July 19, 1877.

president's address. 33

such fauna has in its several parts one and the same relation to
others. Such is very far from being the case.

The several tropical faunas are, for example, much more closely re-
lated to one anotlier than they are to the faunas along the same reach
of shore toward the arctic or antarctic regions. This relationship
is evinced more or less in every class and branch of animals, e. g.,
the mammals, the fishes, the mollusks, the crustaceans, the worms,
the echinoderms, and the coelenterates. Consequently, the marine
faunas cannot be at all correlated with the primary realms or regions
of the globe. To such afi extent does temperature determine the
distribution of life in the seas that even bathymetrical conditions
may be subordinated, and types of the shallow arctic and antarctic
seas represented in the cold deep sea under the equator. Some
forms almost identical reappear at the opposite poles. The infer-
ence is irresistible that such types have migrated from common
ground, and may have originally developed either in the deep sea
and thence dispersed in opposite directions, or at one of the ex-
tremes, and wandered thence over the bottom to their final resting
places. However this may be, a primary combination of the marine
faunas is most natural under the categories of Tropicalian, Arctalian,
and Notalian, while the temperate ones are rather the complexes of
the bounding regions.

The views thus enunciated I propose now to reinforce, but it
may be expedient to give specific names to the northern and south-
ern temperate regions. The primary marine regions or realms would,
therefore, be (i) the Arctalian, (2) the Pararctalian, (3) the Tropi-
calian, (4) the Notalian, and (5) the Antarctalian.

I. THE ARCTALIAN REALM.

Arctalia, or the Arctic realm, for the sake of definition, might
be confined to the seas of the northern hemisphere, limited south-
ward by the course of floating ice, which descends on the eastern
coast of North America as far as the Gulf of St. Lawrence. But so
few types are peculiar to that area, and so many of the character-

34 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

istic forms, such as families of fishes, (Cottidae, Anarrhichadidte,
Stichseidae, Cyclopteridse, Liparididce, Agonidae, Gadidse,) and of
mollusks, (Buccinidas, Lacunidse, etc. ,) as well as other invertebrates,
extend further southward, that the isocryme of 44° seems to be a
more natural approximate limit. It has the disadvantage (in whicli
it is not alone) of being an empirical boundary without any known
relationship to cause, and must be regarded simply as a provisional
limit. The isocryme nearly coincides with Cape Cod on the east-
ern, coast, and the Straits of Fuca on the western. Doubtless its
limits will require considerable modification hereafter, and it may
be doubted whether the isocryme corresponds with the natural
limits of the realm elsewhere. All these questions, however, must
be left for future investigation.

II. THE PARARCTALIAN REALM.

Pararctalia, or the north temperate realm, may include the various
coast lines between the isocrymes of 44° and 68°, the last being
the northern limit of the reef-growing corals. There are few, and
perhaps no families absolutely peculiar to it, and it is chiefly distin-
guished by generic and specific modifications of the Arctalian and
Tropicalian realms, commingling in common waters. On our east-
ern coast, it is characterized especially by such fish types as the
genera Alosa, Cyprinodon, Fundulus, Lucania, Scombresox, Siph-
ostoma, Menidia, Xiphias, Pomatomus, Stromateus, Roccus, Cen-
tropristis, Orthopristis, Stenotomus, Archosargus, Pogonias, Liosto-
mus, Menticirrus, Cynoscion, Tautoga, Ctenolabrus, Chretodipterus,
Astroscopus, Prionotus, Batrachus, Chasmodes, Hypleurochilus, Oph-
idium, Urophycis, Paralichthys, Pseudopleuronectes, and Malthe.
Not one of these belongs to a fiimily peculiar to either the special
region in question or the realm of which it forms a part. Most of
these genera are represented by congeneric species, or closely re-
lated generic types in other parts of the realm.

III. THE TROPICALIAN REALM.

Tropicalia, or the Tropical realm, may be accepted with the

pkesident's address. 35

limits assigned by Dana to the "Torrid Zone or Coral-reef Seas,"
including all between the isocrymes of 68° F. , the reasons urged
by Dana being quite satisfactory. " In adopting these lines in
preference to those of other degrees of temperature we have been
guided by the great fact that the isocryme of 68° is the boundary
line of the Coral-reef Seas."-'^ The existence of these fixed ani-
mals, and the reefs which they elaborate, are among the best of
living thermometers, and the numerous forms that are associate'd
with, or dependent on, them for flourishing life concur to make them
the most reliable indicators and coincidents of temperature. The
characteristic types are very numerous, and among the families
nearly or quite confined to it, but common to all its subdivisions,
are, of fishes, the Murgenidte, the Ophichthyidte, the Albulidse, the
Synodontidse, the Scombresocidae, the Sphyrgenids, the Priacan-
thidse, the Serranidae, the Chilodipteridae, the Mullids, the Pseudo-
chromidce the Carangidae, the Ch^etodontidse, the Acanthuridae,
the Polynemidse, the Gerridas, the Pomacentrids, the Labridae, (ex-
cept Labrinae,) the Scaridce, the typical Scorpaenidae (Vert. lo -j-
14,) the Eleotrine Gobiidce, the Antennariid^, the Triacanthidae,
the Balistidae, the Ostraciontidre, and the Diodontidae. The few
representatives of these families or sections which occur in temper-
ate seas are chiefly summer wanderers, although a few have estab-
lished themselves beyond their legitimate realm. With these are
associated numerous invertebrate types, many of which the most of
you will be able to recall. It includes a portion of the Floridian
coast.

IV. THE NOTALIAN REALM.

Notalia, or the south temperate realm, may provisionally be said
to extend from the southern isocryme of 68° to that of 44°. Like
its northern analogue, it is distinguished by the commingling of
modified derivatives from the cold and equatorial realms rather than
by peculiar family types. Among the most noteworthy and char-

* Dana, op. cit., p. 155.

36 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

acteristic of its fish types are various forms of Nototheniidae, Perco-
phididte, Chilodactylines, Haplodactylines, and Agriopodidae.
The Selachian genus Callorhynchus is also limited to the realm. It
thus differs much from the Pararctalian, but, nevertheless, a num-
ber of genera, as was long ago shown, reappear in it, although
they are absent in the superficial waters of the tropics.

V. THE ANTARCTALIAN REALM.

Antarctalia, or the Antarctic realm, corresponds to Arctalia,
and may cover the antipodal ocean up the isocryme of 44°, (the only
continental area thus embraced being Patagonia) northwards on
the east to somewhere near or about the mouth of the Rio Negro,
and on the Pacific coast to about the latitude of 50° S. As a rule,
the fauna is very different from the Arctalian, and to some extent
the characteristic arctic types of fishes are represented by analogous
types of entirely diff"erent families, the role of the Gadidee being as-
sumed by Nototheniidge, and that of the Cottidce by Harpagiferidae
and Chcenichthyidae. Nevertheless, the Gadidae have an incon-
spicuous representative and the genera i^/)'x///^, Squahis {Acanthias),
and Merhuius have typical species scarcely or not at all differenti-
ated from their arctic allies.

Lest an exaggerated idea should still be entertained as to the
demarcations of the several regions, I think it necessary to repeat
specially that not only are the exact limits of such not fixed or fix-
able, and variable even according to the season, but they may ac-
tually coexist in the same vertical, and one may be superposed
over the other, or the reverse. An example among many is to
be found off the New England coast. It has been repeatedly ad-
verted to by Prof. Verrill,^ and is familiar to many of you present.
Indeed, as I shall presently show, there are at varying depths hori-
zontal faunal assemblages of animals as well as those superficial or
shallow-water ones more familiar to most persons.

*A. E. Verriix, in the Report of the U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries,
part I, pp. 484, 485. 1873. etc.

pkesident's address. 37

THE BASSALIAN REALM,

At indefinite distances below the surface, even in the tropics, we
find strange forms of animal life which differ, not only specifically
and generically from those of the superincumbent water, as well as
from those of the cold extremes of the globe, but sometimes repre-
sent even peculiar families. Those forms which live at moderate
depths, existing as they do, in cold water, are related to, or even
belong to, the polar faunas, but as we go still deeper we find still
other assemblages of animals. Those of the lowest horizons are
often wonderfully modified, and the deep-sea explorations of re-
cent years have brought to light many remarkable forms. Among
fishes, for example, are certain types that have long been known from
stragglers from the lesser deep, such as the Saccopharyngidse, Nem-
ichthyidse, Notacanthidae, Chauliodontidse, Stomiatids, Paralepi-
didae, Alepisaurididse, Alepocephalidae, Regalecidge, Trachypteridae,
Berycidre,* Brotulidae, Macrurida;, and Ceratiidse, several of which
have been greatly increased of late. Other types have been dis-
covered comparatively recently, as the Eurypharyngidae, Bathyla-
gidse, Bathythrissidae, Halosauridae, and Chiasmodontidae. It is
obvious, then, that we have, in such an aggregate, a combination
of forms very different from any of the superficial faunas we have
heretofore considered. We will be justified, therefore, in recogniz-
ing for them another realm, which we may call Bassaliaf or the
Bassalian realm. But caution is timely that it is rather a hetero-
geneous one, and may hereafter require restriction. The data now
available are insufficient, however, for differentiating what are,
doubtless, the several constituents or regions of this realm.

One of the characteristic features of the Bassalian animals ap-
pears to be their wide dispersion and range. The same species may
recur at opposite points of the globe, and they appear to be re-
stricted less by latitude and longitude than by bathymetrical influ-

*The Holocentridse represent another type.

"f Bdaauj,', Doric Greek equivalent of BaOo?. the deep, and dXia, an assem-
blage.

38 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ences. Most of the species hitherto found, it is true, have been
obtained only about one locality, but it must be remembered tliat
comparatively few individuals have been found, and their acquisi-
tion is often due to happy accidents rather than special collecting.
On general principles, we are prepared to expect such a wide
range. In the abyssal depths, which these animals inhabit, the
conditions are perfectly uniform, and have so remained practically
for geological ages, and it is, therefore, quite natural that among
such forms we should find representatives of types that long ago
disappeared from other parts of the globe. .

It will be observed that I have given for the several realms names
with a uniform termination, employing the suffix gcea for the inland
and a/i'a for the marine ones ; the former has been frequently used
before ; the latter is a transliteration of the Ionic Greek u?.ia, (an
assembly or gathering,) and is selected on account of the flavor or
reminiscence it involves of the salt of the sea, or the sea
itself.* I think myself that such a system of nomenclature will be
convenient on accout of dissociating our ideas of geographical
realms from precise geographical regions, and also emphasizing the
contrast between the inland and marine faunas. Whether they
shall be adopted or not, however, must be left for individual prefer-
ence.

Permit me now to indicate certain desiderata, and how our
knowledge of zoogeography may be extended. Full catalogues of
all the animals found at specific points will be especially useful, but
to insure their usefulness, data should be given respecting their sea-
sonal or permanent sojourn, their abundance, the depths at which
they live, and the temperature of the water at various seasons.
Great caution should be exercised, too, in admitting forms which
may be simply adventitious wanderers, for the cac(xthes acqiiisi-
fionis may impose serious obstacles to the proper appreciation of
zoogeographical principles. Of course, I do not mean that the

* Compare (tu'M).)J.Zo) (from ,j,'rj and dki'^M^ to a'^semWe or, radically, come
tocrether around the salt.

president's address. 39

casual visitants to a country should be ignored, but I do think that
it is a wrong to science to enumerate, for examples, an European
vagrant to America, never found but once, and not likely to recur
again for an indefinite time, if ever, or an American bird that has
been once found in Britain, in a line with the well-known members
of the respective faunas. Their i)lace would be most natural in an
appendix or foot note, and they should at least be without the
serial numeration, if such is given, of the catalogue of permanent
and seasonal members of the fauna. Let me also protest, as I have
done several times before, against the incorporation of Bassalian
types with the species of littoral faunas nearest to them geographi-
cally. With catalogues and data, such as I have indicated, at hand,
we could soon determine, as closely as practicable, the limits of most
of our faunas, and the general attention now paid to natural history
holds out the hope that the coming time may not long be deferred.

In conclusion, I submit a few deductions that naturally result
from our observations.

A distinction is to be made between the territory occupied by an
association of animals and the occupants thereof, and the limits of
founas cannot be exactly correlated with territory, except in rare
cases.

The significance of animal types as indicators of zoogeographical
regions is, other things being equal, in ratio to their recent de-
velopment.

The fresh-water types are the best indicators of the early relations
of the respective regions.

The flying, and especially migratory, types are the most accord-
ant witli the actual relations of land areas.

Temperature is a prime factor, and land a secondary, in the dis-
tribution of marine animals.

The lay of the land is a primary, and temperature a .secondary,
factor in the distribution of inland animals.

CERTAIN PHASES IN THE GEOLOGICAL HISTORY OF
THE NORTH AMERICAN CONTINENT, BIOLOGI-
CALLY CONSIDERED.*

By Charles A; White.

It is quke certain that there has never been a time in the history
of mankind when the thoughts of men were so eagerly turned to
biological subjects as they are to-day ; nor has there ever before
been a time when an intelligent knowledge of them was so broadly
diffused among cultivated persons. An earnest desire is everywhere
manifested by such persons to obtain substantial knowledge con-
cerning the animal and vegetable life of the earth, and of the broad
significance of that life, which is revealed by a comparative study
of its myriad forms. The investigator immediately finds that this
subject, although it is so comprehensive and so complex, is only a
fragment of a great history of life, which extends back through
unnumbered ages. He finds himself at once confronted by ques-
tions concerning successive multitudes of foniier denizens of the
earth, the physical conditions which prevailed when they existed,
the probable lines of descent by which they came into being, and
by which their successors have come down to the present time ; and
the manner in which those lines have probably originated and been
preserved from destruction through successive geological periods.

This prevalent spirit of inquiry among men has been the cause
of a vast amount of patient and exhaustive research, and it has
also resulted in a large accumulation of knowledge. But it cannot
be denied that every investigating naturalist, although he may fully
accept the doctrine of evolution, finds the subject of the origin
and derivation of the various groups of animals that now inhabit
the earth, and those which have inhabited it during past geological
time, to be beset with many difficulties and uncertainties.

* Presidential Address delivered at the Fourth Anniversary Meeting of tlie
Society, January 25, 1884, in the Lecture Room of the U. S. National Museum.

41

42 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP WASHINGTON.

As a rule, too, he finds that the questions which arise in connec-
tion with the probable manner in which the various groups of ani-
mals have originated and become distributed over the earth are too
complex to allow of their reduction to even approximately simple
propositions. Still, the accumulated results of the various and ex-
tensive investigations which naturalists have made of late years
have placed the general subject of the evolution of organic forms
in such a condition as a working hypothesis, that someof its various
divisions may be treated with considerable detail, even with refer-
ence to extinct faunas. Furthermore, in a great number of cases,
the facts which have been observed are of such a character as to
warrant opinions of so important a nature that they may be legiti-
mately used as a basis for philosophical discussions. It is mainly
upon such facts and opinions as these that the following remarks
are based ; and while the conclusions and opinions which are here
expressed are believed to be fully warranted by known facts, it is
only too evident that much, which it is very desirable to know in
this connection, still remains beyond our reach.

That I may more clearly present my subject, I submit the follow-
ing statement of certain views which I hold in relation to it; and,
for the purpose of greater conciseness of statement in the remarks
which are to follow, I shall refer to those views somewhat as if
they were supported by established and acknowledged facts.

The general subject of the probable origin of the different forms
of animal life, and their perpetuation through geological time being
so broad, I must confine myself to such small portions of it as my
studies have led me to understand as having an important bearing
upon the geological history of the North American continent. I
must, furthermore, confine myself to such portions of the subject
as relate to terrestrial life only, leaving largely out of consideration
the su])ject of marine life.

Since the points I wish to present are somewhat disconnected by
our present imperfect knowledge, I must trust to making their rele-
vancy more apparent when I come to make the proposed application

president's address. 43

of them. A discussion of formerly existing vegetable forms would
also be of great interest, but I must omit all except incidental
reference to that subject also.

In all investigations into the history of ancient life upon the
earth, regard must be had to the functions that animals perform,
and to the conditions under which those functions are executed.
The requisite conditions for the performance of the physiological
functions in the simplest animal forms, the Protozoa, for example,
render it practically certain that the primary origin of animal life
occurred in water; and it doubtless occurred in the sea. The first
animal life having necessarily been of aqueous origin, we must
assume that the first air-breathing animals were developed from
those of aqueous respiration.

Fresh-water mollusks and fishes, especially the former, have, I
believe, primarily become such by a change from their originally
marine habitat, mainly by compulsion ; that is, their progenitors
lived in the sea and became land-locked by the unequal elevation
of the sea bottom upon, or over which, they lived while the conti-
nental areas were in process of elevation. The waters of the dis-
tricts thus inclosed and elevated above the level of the surrounding
sea became first brackish, and then fresh, in consequence of the
influx of fresh water from the drainage of the surrounding land,
and a consequent outflow into the open sea. Those of the sea-born
animals which became thus inclosed, and which were capable of
conforming to the new conditions, did so, and peopled the river
systems which were produced in connection with, and which suc-
ceeded, these fresh-water lakes. Those which could not thus con-
form to the new conditions became extinct; and as these appear to
have constituted the larger part of every fauna which became land-
locked in the manner referred to, we may reasonably conclude that
the lines of descent of many of the groups of marine animals have
been broken by this means.

River systems have resulted upon the disappearance, by final
drainage, of the fresh-water lakes just mentioned, the iniets having

44 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

been prolonged across the former lake bed as upper branches of the
system, the former outlet becoming the main stream, and the whole
a finished river system, with its fauna derived from the lake in which
the system originated.

It is a well-known fact that many fishes, in connection with their
breeding habits, pass from marine to fresh waters, and return to
marine, with entire indifference to the change. Again, some exist-
ino; so-called land-locked fresh-water fishes are believed by natu-
ralists to have become such by choice, or by a failure on their part
to continue their periodical returns to the sea where their kind
originated, even when there was no apparent physical obstacle to
their returning. It is probable that many similar cases have
occurred in former geological periods, and also probable that a few
mollusks and other invertebrates have, during those periods, in like
manner changed from a marine to a fresh- water habitat; but I
believe that, as a rule, fresh-water faunas have primarily become
such by compulsion, in the manner that has just been suggested.

Admitting this proposition, we need not attempt to trace the
genetic lines of fresh-water fishes as such any further back than the
time of the compulsory land-locking of their progenitors ; but this
would not forbid speculation as to what kinds of marine fishes the
fresh-water forms originated from.

It is possible that, in cases of sinking beneath the sea of land
areas, upon which fresh waters with their faunas had become estab-
lished in former geological periods, the sea has reclaimed and pre-
served alive some of its previously alienated mollusks and fishes ;
but this is a matter concerning which we can, at best, make only
vague conjectures.

The reason why the animal life of fresh waters is so meagre, as
regards the number and variety of kinds which they contain, when
compared with the teeming and diversified life of the sea, are vari-
ous. First, the presence of sodium-chloride and other salts in
water has evidently been condudve of evolutional diff'erentiation ;
and there can be no doubt that common salt has played a remark-

president's address. 45

ably important part in the evolution of the different forms of animal
life which have existed upon the earth. Second, in those cases of
land-locking of marine animals by a rise of the sea bottom in the
manner already suggested, only a part of the fauna then existing
there would probably have become inclosed, because many of them
would no doubt have escaped into the outer sea before they were
fully surrounded by land. Third, only a part of those which were
finally land-locked were able to survive the change from salt to
fresh water. Fourth, a large proportion of marine gill-bearing
animals appear to be, and always to have been, wholly incapable of
living in fresh water.

Among those marine animals which seem to have been wholly or
mainly incapable of surviving a change of habitat to fresh waters,
and which, we may assume, did not escape land-locking, together
with the other forms, in the numerous cases of the kind which have
occurred in past geological periods, are several of the entire compre-
hensive groups into which the animal kingdom is divided. For exam-
ple, we learn from the study of existing faunas that, with the excep-
tion of a few inconspicuous forms of the Coelenterata, which are so
abundantly represented in marine waters, this important sub-king-
dom is not represented in any fresh waters ; also, in fresh waters the
entire classes, Echinodermata, Tunicata, Brachiopoda, Pteropoda,
and Cephalopoda, are without any known representation. Besides
these large deficiencies in fresh-water faunas, as compared with
those of the sea, there are numerous minor, but no less important,
deficiencies, occasioned by the entire absence of a considerable
number of orders and families, as well as parts of others.

It would doubtless be unsafe to say that any of those animals
could not possibly have survived a change to a fresh-water habitat;
but there is much reason to suppose that they possess some inherent
quality, which has prevented the survival of their ancient represen-
tatives, whenever their habitat may have been changed from a
marine to a fresh-water condition. Indeed, if such changes of

aqueous condition had been effected suddenly, it is probable that
8

46 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

none of the marine animals having aqueous respiration, which may-
have been thus inclosed by the rising land, would have survived in
any instance. The comparatively few forms that did survive in
fresh waters doubtless had much time in which to conform to their
gradually effected new conditions.

It is probable that air-breathing mollusks have all been originally-
derived from those of aqueous respiration ; and that this important
change, and a consequent necessary change of habitat, has been ac-
complished mainly by a process of natural selection which was volun-
tary on their part, as compared with that by which the gill-bearing
mollusks are assumed to have survived the change from salt to fresh
waters. Again, that the air-breathing mollusks are confined to the
class Gasteropoda, while other mollusks have evidently had equally
good opportunities to become air breathers, is a significant fact,
but one which, like that of the origin of the air breathers, I cannot
discuss at this time.

While we may not doubt that the whole of the existing life of
the globe has come down from former geological periods in un-
broken genetic lines, the fact has not been demonstrated by tangi-
ble evidence ; and it is well to consider briefly some of the causes
of the imperfection of the geological record in that respect. By
an investigation of this subject, we shall find that, while a multitude
of such lines have certainly terminated at various periods before
reaching the present time, it is not necessary to infer that any of
them have been imperfect simply because we have not found the
proof of their continuity in the shape of fossil remains. The lack
of such proof is due to various causes. For example, only the
hard parts of animals are capable of fossilization, and many animals
have no hard parts. The greater part of the fossiliferous strata of
the earth, which now exist as such, are not, and never can be,
accessible to human investigation ; and a vast amount of fossilif-
erous rocks, now classed as Azoic, may have once contained abun-
dant remains of animal life, but which have become completely
obliterated by metamorphism or other causes.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 47

Finally, even the hard parts of animals, and especially those of
land animals, are, and always have been, subject to rapid decom-
position when exposed to atmospheric influence, although they may
be preserved indefinitely when buried beyond the reach of such
influence. It is this rapid destruction of the remains of land ani-
mals which is largely the cause that their geological history is so
incomplete as compared Avith that of marine life.

An illustration showing how rapidly traces of important land faunas
may have disappeared in former geological times is furnished by
the living bison, or buffalo, of North America. Perhaps the earth
has never witnessed such enormous numbers of any one species of
large animals occupying such a broad continental area, as in the
case of the buffalo. Its range once extended from the vicinity of
the Atlantic to the mountains which border the Pacific coast, and
from Mexico to near the Arctic circle, and its numbers were so
great, even within the last twenty-five years, as to impede travel
across the great plains of the West. So rapidly is this animal now
passing away that it has disappeared from all but a fraction of its
former range ; and I venture the prediction that there are persons
now living who will witness its entire extinction in its free state.
It is true that relentless man has brought about this wholesale de-
struction, but that does not alter the force of the application I wish
to make of the fact that the buffalo is passing away and leaving, by
natural means, hardly any trace of its former existence. In all that
region where it has lived so many centuries in abundance, traces of
even its bones and ceeth are rarely found.

Few places in all its former wide range have furnished the con-
ditions necessary for the preservation, by .sedimentary interment,
of the bones of the buffalo beyond the reach of atmospheric influ-
ence ; and the result has been that they have generally disappeared
by decomposition as completely as the flesh has done. It is doubt-
less in a similar manner that the other great terrestrial faunas have
been destroyed in former geological periods, for the remains of ter-
restrial animals have not usually fallen in conditions at all favora-

48 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ble to their preservation, as compared with those of aqueous ani-
mals, which have had ahnost immediate sepulture.

I fear that in consequence of these remarks, following those with
which I began to address you, some will be ready to suggest that
naturalists have insecure ground to base their generalizations upon,
as regards the origin of the existing animals of the earth by lineal
descent from extinct faunas. I fully recognize the danger, in such
an address as this, of giving undue prominence to the doubtful side
of the subject. It is difficult also to satisfactorily present the af-
firiTiative side in a brief and concise manner, because that side is
supported by evidence which is cumulative in its character, rather
than reducible to precise propositions.

My object, however, in showing how completely great faunas
may have been destroyed in past geological time is to plausibly ac-
count for the absence of their remains in places where our methods
of reasoning lead us to expect them ; and also to show that, because
their remains have never been discovered, we should not necessarily
infer that the animals which were necessary to complete a regular
genetic scale never existed. Indeed, the fact that certain breaks in
the zoological scale occur at certain horizons of the geological scale
ought to lead us to infer that the missing animal forms did exist
somewhere at such times, rather than that they never existed at all.

Now, as the study of the genetic descent of animals through geo-
logical time is based upon plan of structure, and the methods by
which form is expressed, these indications may be ranged under two
heads, namely, similarity of structure and identity of type. The
former is a matter of tangible details, but the latter is in some sense
ideal, or a manner in which form, in connection with structure, is
expressed. The former is material in its character, but the latter is
not the less real and important to the naturalist in the philosophi-
cal study of the comprehensive groups of animals.

The word "type," like many other words in the English lan-
guage, is used with a variety of meanings; and as I use it here
in a special sense, I may be excused for adding the following

president's address. 49

words of definition : I regard a type as an ideal representation of a
group of species which may embrace the whole of a comprehensive
genus, or possibly more; or it maybe only a subordinate division
of a genus. I do not use the term as interchangeable with any of the
terms which are used in systematic classification, such as species,
genus, family, &c. ; but sometimes it may be equal in scope to
any of them, as, for example, when only a single species of a genus
or of a family is known. It may, however, be properly substituted
for species, genus, &c., in cases where, as in the Ostreidse, for ex-
ample, specific and generic diagnoses cannot be satisfactorily made.
I shall, in the following remarks, have somewhat frequent occasion
to refer to types, as just defined, and to their persistence through
the geological periods, for I shall assume identity of type to be
proof of lineal descent.

The fact that genetic lines of descent among animals have come
down to the present time through successive geological periods be-
ing admitted, we may next inquire as to the manner in which they
have been preserved, or rather how some of them may have escaped
destruction during the physical changes which have occurred since
those lines were established. I must necessarily make occasional
reference to marine faunas in the following remarks, but it is my
present purpose to discuss only those terrestrial and fresh-water
faunas, the remains of which are found within the present limits oi
North America.

The manner in which lines of descent of the various families and
types of animals have been preserved through the geological ages,
and in which their perpetuation has been secured, has necessarily
been different in the case of different kinds of animals. The sea
having always occupied the greater part of the earth's surface, not-
withstanding the shiftings of land and sea, \thich have, from time
to time, taken place ever since land and sea first appeared upon
the earth, one may readily understand how unbroken perpetuity of
marine life may have been secured from the earliest dawn of life to
the present time. It is not to be doubted that numberless lines of

50 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

descent of marine, as well as of land, animals have terminated during
past geological periods, both from catastrophal and cosmical causes ;
but we may reasonably assume that all the multitudinous forms
which people the sea to-day have been derived by direct lineal de-
scent from those earliest forms which the sea contained at the dawn
of life upon the earth. At least, if this has not been the case,
there is nothing in the nature of the proposition that makes it
improbable ; that is, there have been no such changes upon the
earth since life began as would at any time have necessarily de-
stroyed all, or any considerable part, of the marine life previously
existing.

The lines of descent of land animals have, however, been subject
to greater vicissitudes ; and the conditions under which they have
originated and been perpetuated have been more various than those
which have prevailed in the sea. Still, one may readily understand
how land animals, which may have occapied a given region of the
earth at any geological period when the physical conditions of the
land which they occupied were changing, may, by their power of
locomotion, have shifted to more congenial places, because, as a rule,
such changes have not been too rapid to hasten unduly even the
proverbially slow-moving snail. Thus land and palustral air-breath-
ing moUusks, although they all require a moist habitat, could easily
migrate to other congenial ground, as the land they were occupying
may have become too dry for them or may have subsided beneath
the sea. Therefore, their migration has always been practically
unrestricted; and if, as is believed to have been the case, conti-
nental areas have been continuous, though subject to material
changes and shiftings from early geological times, there appears to
be no reason why, at least, many genetic lines of those animals
should not have been continued from tho.se ancient times to the
present.

The case has been quite different as regards true freah-water fishes
and fresh-water gill-bearing mollusks, all of which can, of course,
exist only in fluviatile and lacustrine waters. When we consider how

president's address. 51

extensively the earth's surface features must have been changed
during the successive geological periods, it would at first sight e:eem
impossible that continuous lines of descent of such animals as these
could have been preserved through any considerable portion of them.
That is, those gill-bearing animals which may have occupied any
given river system could not effect their distribution, or even their
preservation, by migrating beyond its limits, in case their habitat
should be destroyed by movements of the earth's crust. They could
not pass over the land to any portions of other river systems, nor
could they pass through the sea to reach the moutlis of other rivers.
We have, however, very satisfactory evidence that a large part of
the living gill-bearing animals of North American fresh waters have
come down by unbroken genetic lines from some period at least as
remote as the close of the Cretaceous.

Now, a continuity of these lines of descent necessarily implies a
continuity of their fresh-water habitat from the time of the origin
of those lines to the present time. This continuity again implies
the integrity of those river systems in which the mollusks originated,
from those early times to the present. This last proposition, as a
geological one, is comparatively new ; but the labors of Powell,
Gilbert, and Button have shown that rivers, in many instances at
least, have been among the most permanent of geological, as well
as geographical, features; that even the elevation of mountain
ranges across their course has not swerved them from their ground ;
but that they have cut their way through the ranges as fast as they
arose.

A vast number of rivers, which have drained the land in past
geological times, have undoubtedly been destroyed by the submer-
gence of the land and other causes ; but I think we are justified in
the assumption that many of the streams which were established,
even as far back as the close of the Cretaceous period, are still
flowing as parts of existing river systems. In this way, a large part
of the gill-bearing faunas of the rivers of to-day have, by direct
lineal descent, and in unbroken habitats, been transmitted from
long past geological periods.

52 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

As to the manner in which the great vertebrate and articulate
land faunas which now exist, and which have existed in former
geological periods, have been respectively developed from lower forms,
I have, at present, no suggestions to offer; but it is, nevertheless,
assumed that they have been thus developed. It may be remarked,
however, concerning their origin and perpetuation, that while cer-
tain minor faunas of terrestrial animals may have originated and been
perpetuated upon comparatively small areas, it seems certain that
the development and perpetuation of the great reptilian faunas,
which existed during Mesozoic time, and also that of the wonder-
ful mammalian faunas, whose remains are found in Tertiary strata,
required large and congenial continental areas. It also seems nec-
essary to infer that those continental areas, although they, from
time to time, suffered material losses, and received considerable
accessions of land, have been of true continental dimensions from
early geological time. ♦

The general subject of the geological history of continents is so
complex and far reaching, and our present knowledge of that sub-
ject so fragmentary, that I shall not now attempt even an outline
of such a history for North America ; but I shall confine myself to
what I conceive to be some of the more salient points of that
history from a biological standpoint only.

If the geological history of animal life is incomplete and frag-
mentary, a like history of continental -areas, especially as regards
their location and outlines at different periods, is much more so.
In the former case, we are guided in our investigations and conclu-
sions by a known zoological system, which is based upon the abun-
dant and diversified existing life of the earth. In the latter case,
we are apparently without any available systematic guide ; and the
various phases of geological history of continents seem to have
been the result of fortuitous movements of the earth's crust, in
connection with sedimentation and sub-serial and aqueous erosion.
Not that those movements and processes have not been governed
by physical laws, but the events, so far as we have yet learned in-

pkesident's address. 53

dications of them from the study of existing continents, appear to
have lacked such relations with each other as to give any satisfac-
tory history of continuous continental growth.

The opinion has prevailed among geologists that the North
American continent, as a whole, had its origin as a result of the
gradual contraction of the mass of the earth, by which certain
depressions and elevations were formed upon its crust. The former,
it has been understood, became permanently the ocean beds ; and
the latter, gradually rising above the level of the sea, became con-
tinents, whose outlines were changed, from time to time, by con-
tinued elevation, alternating with greater or less depressions ; and
also by coalescence of previously separated parts, and by accretions
upon, and erosion from, their bqrders. This opinion implies that
continental areas were pre-determined, that they have been perma-
nent in their location, and that no such areas have ever occupied
the broad spaces which are. now occupied by the great oceans.

I do not now intend to discuss this theory, but I may say in pass-
ing, that a number of important facts do not, in my judgment, agree
with it, and I regard it as more -probable that continental areas
have shifted from place to place in past geological time. But with-
out reference to that theory,, certain known geological facts seem
to show that the present continent arose from the sea in separate por-
tions, the larger and older being its northeastern portion ; and that
the western portions were elevated afterwards, and finally coalesced
with the eastern. Furthermore, that the continent reached its
present dimensions and shape by more or less extensive accessions
upon its borders, especially those of the great gulf and the Pacific
ocean.

While the following remarks will mainly refer to animal forms,
certain known facts concerning the vegetable life of the past are so
important in this connection that they should be at least briefly
mentioned. If we regard the graphite which has been found in the
Archaean rocks, and the petroleum of Silurian strata, as having had
their origin in land plants, the history of the land vegetation of the

54 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

continent begins much further back than the earliest period in the
strata of which we have yet discovered any indications of land ani-
mals. It is probable that land animals of the simpler kinds co-ex-
isted with the first established land vegetation ; but with the ex-
ception of some imperfect remains of a species of land snail, and
those of a few insects, which have been found in Devonian strata,
the remains of the earliest known land animals have been found in
strata of Carboniferous age. These Carboniferous land animals
comprise a few batrachians, insects, and air-breathing mollusks;
and although they are so few, they evidently represent portions of
a large and varied fauna which then existed. They are also so
highly organized and so diversified in character as to indicate that
they originated in genetic lines which began in earlier periods,
more or less remote.

The Carboniferous air-breathing mollusks referred to are both
land and pond snails, and they have been found in widely separated
portions of North America. They all belong to types which are
represented by mollusks now living upon this continent, and by
those also which are known to have existed here at intervening:
periods. These facts seem to indicate plainly that land surfaces of
considerable extent have been continuous from that early period to
the present; but they tell us nothing yet of continental movements
which may have taken place in the meantime.

Our knowledge of the relations of the different portions of living
non-marine moUuscan faunas would naturally lead us to suppose
that fresh-water gill-bearing mollusks existed simultaneously with
those ancient air-breathers. Nevertheless, with the exception of
certain bivalves, which have been found in Devonian strata, and
others in the Carboniferous, which have been doubtfully referred
to a fresh-water origin, fresh-water gill-bearing animals are not
known to have existed before the beginning of Mesozoic time. It
is, however, reasonable to suppose that such animals did exist in
Paleozoic lakes and rivers, although no satisfactory traces of them,
or of such bodies of fresh water, have ever been discovered.

president's address. 55

As regards Paleozoic fresh-water fishes, they may or may not have
existed. According to our present knowledge, teliost fishes, al-
though they have been so abundant in both fresh and marine waters
ever since Mesozoic time, had no existence in Paleozoic time. Ma-
rine ganoids were then abundant, and the Mesozoic, Tertiary, and
living fresh-water ganoids may have been derived from some of
them by lineal descent through fresh waters, but they probably
originated by land-locking from the sea during later periods.

Viewing the animal and vegetable life of the earth as having been
expressed in continuous series of forms, we ought not to expect to
find that the geological ages were separated from each other by
hard-and-fast lines, as regards the fossil remains of those series
which characterize the strata of each age respectively. When such
lines appear to be distinct, I think we are justified in assuming that
the geological record is incomplete ; or, in other words, that the
forms necessary to complete that portion of the series really existed
at the close of the one age and the beginning of the next ; but that
they are not represented by any discovered fossil remains.

The division between the Paleozoic and Mesozoic of North
America, so far as the geology and paleontology of the continent
is yet known, is much more distinctly marked than it is between the
Mesozoic and Tertiary. This is especially true as regards plants.
The greater part of the peculiar forms which characterized the
abundant vegetation of the Carboniferous age seem to have sud-
denly ceased to exist with the ushering in of the Mesozoic age ;
and no representative of the dicotyledonous flora, which was so abun-
dant in the Mesozoic and Tertiary, and which is so preponderant
upon the earth now, has ever been discovered in any of the Paleo-
zoic strata of the earth. From an evolutional standpoint, however,
we cannot suppose that such an extensive and highly organized
flora came suddenly into being ; and we are left to infer that it was
gradually developed somewhere, and during a period prior to that
which is represented by the strata which contain the earliest known
remains of the kind. The small number of land animals, that are

56 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

known to have existed in those early periods, do not seem to indicate
so distinct a separation of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic as the plant
remains do; for the types of the former have come down to the
present day. The land snails, before referred to, furnish remarkable
examples of types of animal life which have passed from the Paleo-
zoic to the Mesozoic age, and thence down to the present time.

Although the biological evidence SQems to be conclusive that, from
the earlier Paleozoic to the present time, considerable portions of
land have been continuously above the level of the sea within the
area which is now occupied by the North American continent, we
have no indication from such evidence as to the shape and dimen-
sions which those early land areas successively assumed. We are,
however, justified in the opinion that some of them were of great
extent. From a biological point of view, also, I regard it as prob-
able that extensive land areas formerly existed adjacent to that
which the present continent occupies, and that they have been lost
by submergence and erosion. This opinion, I think, derives strong
support from the apparent sudden beginning, and the equally sud-
den termination, of certain extensive faunas of highly organized
land animals, which are known to have existed and become extinct.

I do not forget, however, that our knowledge in this respect is
slight, and that it is possible that the progenitors of these faunas
may have existed within the bounds of the present continent, and
that their remains may have been destroyed, so as to have escaped
the scrutinizing search that has been made for them. But in view
of all the known facts, both geological and biological, I at present
hold to the opinion just expressed.

The existence of the immense and diversified dinosaurian faunas
of Mesozoic time, snbsisting, as they did, largely upon vegetation,
seems necessarily to imply the co-existence of large land areas :
also their apparent sudden introduction at the beginning of that age.
seems to make it necessary to conclude that their progenit-ors ex-
isted somewhere before the close of Paleozoic time, although no
remains of those progenitors have been discovered. Because no

president's address. 57

trace of the progenitors of either the dinosaurian faunas or dicoty-
iedonous floras of the Mesozoic age have been discovered in previ-
ously existing strata, I am disposed to conchide that those progeni-
tors originated upon, and occupied, land areas, which became
gradually submerged, together with their ancient faunal and floral
remains; while their living successors escaped by migration and
dispersion to adjacent and unsubmerged portions of land, which are
now within our continental area.

There is reason to believe that during the Triassic and Jurassic
periods large continental areas were above the level of the sea,
within and near the present limits of the North American conti-
nent; but we know comparatively little of the terrestrial life of
those periods from actually discovered fossil remains.

If we except the Paleozoic bivalve mollusca of supposed fresh water
origin, which have already been referred to, the remains of the
earliest fresh-water molluscan fauna, of which we have any satisfactory
knowledge, are found in Jurassic strata. These Jurassic mollusks
belong to well-known types now living in the fresh waters of this
continent ; and they are also so highly organized as to point back
to a still more ancient period, as that of their origin. These mol-
lusks suggest the existence during the Jurassic period of fresh-water
lakes and rivers within what is now Western North America, and
the lakes and rivers in turn suggest the existence then of a con-
siderable continental area. It is possible that those Jurassic rivers
were, in part, portions of river systems which had held a persistent
existence from former geological periods ; but we have no direct
paleontological evidence of it. This gill-bearing molluscan fauna
seems also to be ancestrally related to faunas which are known to
have existed in subsequent periods, as well as to certain fresh-water
mollusks now living in North America.

A few species belonging to the fresh-water family Unionidae have
been discovered in Cretaceous strata of the western portion of this
continent, but they all appear to be of different types from any of
the family now living. I take this to be an indication that the

58 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

fresh waters in which those Uniones lived were not continued to
later periods, as some other ancient streams of fresh water were,
together with their molluscan faunas, and that the lines of descent
of those mollusks were consequently cut off and their types ex-
tinguished.

While many rivers have persistently held their ground through
'several geological periods, despite even the elevation of mountain
ranges across their course ; the fact that great numbers of them have
been destroyed in past geological time by the physical changes which
have taken place in the regions they have occupied, is too evident
to be questioned. One of the many examples of the destruction of
bodies of freshwater which have become established upon the earth
in former geological times is suggested by the presence of a true
estuary deposit among the Cretaceous strata of Northern Utah.
This deposit, which is a rare one of the kind, was evidently formed
at the western border of the oceanic belt, which, it is understood,
then traversed the whole North American area in a northward and
southward direction, between two separate continental areas, and
at the mouth of a river which then drained part of the western
area. The region which that oceanic belt then occupied is now
the heart of the continent, and all traces of the ancient river
referred to are obliterated. Furthermore, the district which it
drained to the eastward is now drained by other channels running
in the opposite direction, into the Salt Lake Basin. I shall pres-
ently have occasion to refer again to this estuary deposit and to
others which no doubt co-existed with it along the shores of the
same sea.

The period which immediately succeeded that in which the last
of the marine Cretaceous deposits were made, and which contains
the estuary deposit that has just been referred to, namely, the Lara-
mie period, witnessed the production of one of the most remarka-
ble features which has ever characterized any continent. This fea-
ture was a great inland sea, holding both brackish and fresh waters,
as the Caspian does now, but which was in other respects more like

president's address. 59

the Black sea, because the latter has an outlet. It was immensely
larger than either, but its full size is not known. Its deposits,
however, are now found to occupy large districts, at intervals from
Northern Mexico to the British Possessions, and from near the
meridian of Great Salt Lake to western Kansas and Nebraska. It
occupied the region which, in the immediately preceding period,
was occupied by the oceanic belt before referred to. This belt was
changed from an oceanic condition to that of an inland sea, by such
a rise of the sea bottom at both the northern and southern portions
of the belt as connected together the eastern and western conti-
nental areas, and gave the inclosed sea its inland position upon the
great united continent.

That the waters of this great inland sea were soon considerably
freshened, is shown by the fact that its deposits contain no remains
of true marine forms. That its waters were in part brackish, is
shown by the presence of the remains of a large variety of forms
similar to those which now inhabit brackish waters only, and that
they were in part fresh, is shown by the presence of fresh-water
forms. A commingling of brackish and fresh-water forms is some-
times found in the strata of the Laramie group, but usually the two
kinds are found respectively in alternating layers. This last named
fact indicates that there were, from time to time, such oscillations
of the bottom of this sea and its surrounding shores, as shifted the
salt and fresh-water areas respectively, so that their deposits locally
alternated with each other. And yet sedimentation in the Lara-
mie sea went on continuously from the time when it was a part of
the open ocean, and also continuously into parts of the fresh-water
lakes which succeeded it.

That this great inland sea contained, at times, broad islands, and
extensive marshes covered with a luxuriant vegetation, is shown by
the abundant beds of lignite and other vegetable remains ; and that
its marshes were peopled by great dinosaurs and other reptiles, is
shown by' their remains, which are now found in various portions of
the Laramie group. That many fresh-water streams emptied into

60 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHIXOTOX.

this great inland sea from the surrounding land, and that the sea
had at least one great outlet, are necessary conclusions.

Now, the waters of the oceanic belt, which immediately preceded
the Laramie sea, contained an abundant marine fauna, a large part
of which necessarily died by the subsequent freshening of the waters,
and in consequence of this, as we may suppose, many lines of ge-
netic descent were broken. The surviving faunas were able to
thrive in brackish and fresh waters respectively, both of which, as
already stated, the Laramie sea contained. That the brackish-
water forms, which survived in the Laramie sea, originated in the
estuaries which existed upon its borders, before that sea was cut off
from the open ocean, is probable, from the fact that those forms are
largely identical in type with certain forms which are known to
have existed in the same region just prior to the Laramie period.
That the progenitors of the fresh-water Laramie species may have
occupied some of the streams which emptied into the sea before it
became land-locked is probable, but I regard it as also probable
that they originated, at least in large part, in the Laramie sea.

Accepting the conclusions which have just been expressed, con-
cerning the former existence and the character of the Laramie sea,
which conclusions I have reached from a biological standpoint, we
obtain a remarkably comprehensive view of the conditions which
prevailed, during the Laramie period, upon what was destined to
be our continent. There rises before the imagination of the investi-
gator— an imagination chastened and curbed by a rational interpre-
tation of facts — a great continent, whose outlines, it is true, are hid-
den in the mists of uncertainty ; but he sees, resting upon its broad
surface, an inland sea, the like of which for magnitude the earth has
never known before or since. On every side stretches away a broad
expanse of comparatively level country ; a few mountains are seen
in the distance, but not a peak of the great Rocky Mountain sys-
tem has yet arisen. The land is covered with verdure and diversi-
fied by forests of wonderful growth ; the busy hum of insects fills
the air ; the bright scales of fishes gleam in the waters of the sea ;

president's address. 61

huge terrapins crawl upon its beaches, and the jungles along its
shores are peopled by a strange fauna, of which the dinosaurs are
chief.

At the close of the Laramie period, there were such movements of
the earth's crust as to change to dry land the greater part of the
bottom of the Laramie sea, and the remainder was occupied by
large bodies of water, greatly larger than our present great lakes,
which then became wholly fresh, and so continued through a large
part of the Tertiary period. It is in the deposits which those great
fresh-water lakes have left that have been found the remains of the
wonderful mammalian faunas, which have become so celebrated in
North American geology. Other faunas, equally wonderful, have
probably existed elsewhere, which have shared the fate that is now
overtaking the buffalo, and that might have overtaken those Ter-
tiary animals also, were it not for the very favorable conditions for
entombment of their remains, which the sediments of those lakes
afforded.

Up to the close of the Laramie period, through the whole of
which a large dinosaurian fauna was continued, and in the strata of
which there is a commingling of Cretaceous and Tertiary types, we
have no evidence, in the shape of fossil remains, of the existence of
any mammals except about a dozen small marsupials. The Eocene
Tertiary strata, which rests directly upon those of the Laramie
group, contain the remains of a mammalian fauna, which, for mag-
nitude, diversity, and high organization combined, has never been
excelled upon the earth. Nevertheless, we know nothing of the
ancestry of this great fauna, so far as fossil remains are concerned,
although the geological series of the preceding formations is quite
complete ; and those formations have been carefully searched for
such remains. The dinosaurian fauna of the Laramie period seems
to have ceased as suddenly as the mammalian fauna was introduced.

Since faunas have originated under favoring, and become extinct

under' adverse, conditions, the subject of the extinction of faunas

is quite separate from that of their origination, although they are
9

62 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in this case brought into immediate juxtaposition. The great dino-
saurian fauna of the Laramie period doubtless originated much
earlier, and came down under continuously favorable conditions
from the earlier Mesozoic periods, and which favorable conditions
were not interrupted by the land movements by which the Laramie
sea was inclosed. Their final extinction appears to have resulted
from an unequal struggle for existence, which ensued upon the intro-
duction upon the land they had previously occupied of the immense
mammalian horde whose remains are found in strata immediately
overlying those which contain their own. The mammals thus be-
came the leading forms of life upon this continent, as it then
existed, as the dinosaurs had been during Mesozoic time.

For reasons already stated, we assume that the progenitors of this
great mammalian fauna, whose appearance upon the earth seems to
have been so sudden, really existed somewhere long previous to the
time which is represented by the strata in which the remains referred
to are found. I regard it as probable that those progenitors occu-
pied some continental area, adjacent to that which the present one
now occupies, and which, after the migration of the fatma to the
region where their remains are now found, superimposed upon those
of the dinosaurs, became destroyed or submerged.

It does not seem to me probable that this mammalian fauna could
have previously occupied either the eastern or western portion of
North America, as they are understood to have existed then, because
those portions were already united at the beginning of the Laramie
period, when the Laramie sea was formed, and their earliest known
remains are found in strata which were deposited after the close of
that period ; that is, I hold that the known facts warrant the opin-
ion that the immediate predecessors of the Tertiary mammalia re-
ferred to, themselves of Tertiary types, originated and long existed
contemporaneously with the dinosaurian fauna of the Laramie
period, but in a land which was separate from that which the latter
occupied. Furthermore, that the land area which the mammalia
then occupied is now unknown ; but that it became united to the

president's address. 63

dinosaurian region, as one of the results of those land movements
by which the Laramie sea was destroyed.

I am well aware that this proposition is not fully established, but
the series of strata preceding those which contain the mammalian
remains is so complete as to indicate the prevalence of conditions,
through at least the whole of the Laramie period, which were as
favorable for mammalian existence as those of any subsequent
period. And, although that series of strata has been quite as fully
investigated as any other strata of the west, no trace of the ancestry
of the mammalian fauna referred to has been discovered.

The immediate superposition of the remains of the mammals upon
those of the dinosaurs, at the junction of the two formations which
contain them respectively, indicates that the two mighty faunas met
upon the same ground, in a contest for supremacy, which was de-
cided in favor of the mammals, and that the dinosaurs then disap-
peared from the face of the earth. That this veritable "battle of
the giants" was sharp and decisive, is probable, from the fact that
there is no such association of the remains of the two faunas as to
indicate that they lived together any considerable length of time.

Other strange and interesting land faunas succeeded those mam-
mals which have just been referred to, but time will not permit me
now to speak of them. I will therefore close my remarks with some
reference to the manner in which, as I conceive, a large part of the
gill-bearing fauna of the Mississippi river system has originated,
effected its descent to the present time, and attained its present
broad distribution.

The close similarity which exists between the molluscan fauna of
the Laramie group and that of the present Mississippi river system,
is apparent even upon casual observation. A large proportion of
those mollusks are not only of the same types in each fauna respec-
tively, but it is difficult to say how some of the fossils differ specifi-
cally from the living forms. This resemblance is strikingly ex-
emplified among the Unionidse. Those of that family now living
in the Mississippi river system comprise a large variety of peculiar

64 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

forms, differing so much from those of other parts of the world that
they are designated among, naturalists as " North American types."
The Uniones of the Laramie group, of which a considerable number
of species have been discovered, are mainly of these North Ameri- .
can types, and I, therefore, conclude that these fossil forms represent
the living ones ancestrally. This conclusion of course implies that
there has been an unbroken habitat for those fresh-water mollusks,
from the Laramie period to the present time. Accepting this con-
clusion, we necessarily understand that the outlet of the Laramie
sea continued to flow as a river after the disappearance of that in-
land sea and down to the present time, and that that river is now
the Missouri, or one of its tributaries. The Laramie deposit also
contains the remains of certain ganoid fishes, which are closely re-
latedto the gars i^Lepidosteus) and dog-fishes {Amia) of the Mississippi,
and the fishes doubtless effected their descent in the same waters
with the Uniones.

If geologists have read the later history of the North American
continent correctly, we learn that at the time those ancient inland
bodies of water existed, the great Southern Gulf extended so far to
the northward that it probably received the outlets of those bodies
of water as separate streams. The same conditions would also have
made the Ohio and Upper Mississippi separate rivers, emptying by
separate mouths. While these two last-named rivers were separate
from the western one, which drained the lakes and the inland sea,
they doubtless had faunas which were quite different from that
which now characterizes them. When, by a recedence of the
borders of the gulf to the southward, all those rivers united their
waters to form the main stream of the Mississippi, it is easy to see
how the ancient fauna, which had come down the Missouri branch,
may have become dispersed throughout the great river system.

I have thus endeavored to point out from among the great mass of
evidence of the existence bf life upon the earth during successive
geological periods what portions of that evidence have reference
to then existing land areas, for the bulk of it tells us of the ever

peesident's address 65

present sea. I have tried to indicate some of the relations which
those areas probably had with our present continent, and to draw
intelligible inferences, from the character of the fossil remains which
represent some of the early forms of life, as to the conditions under
which those forms then existed, and their relations to the now ex-
isting life of this continent. I have also offered suggestions con-
cerning some of the changes of land and sea which, from time to
time in the past, have probably taken place within and near the
great area which is now occupied by the North American continent,
and I have spoken also concerning what seem to be the results of
those changes upon the life then existing, as well as upon that
which now exists.

If my remarks shall have seemed in some respects desultory, I
may, perhaps, claim that the nature of my subject has made them
so. If, in the absence of tangible proof of the ancestry of some
of the highly organized faunas and floras, whose remains are found
in the strata of the different geological periods, I have assumed that
such evidence has once existed, but that it has been destroyed or
undiscovered ; if, in attempting to explain these discrepancies, I
have ignored the possibility of special creations — a belief which
I am well aware is still popularly held — I have done it with no
irreverent or antagonistic intent. As a naturalist, I must accept
only natural explanations of natural phenomena. That I may have
erred in judgment with regard to these questions, it would be folly
for me to deny; but I claim to have been actuated in my study of
them by a desire, which is the attribute of every true naturalist, to
know the truth and the truth only. If you should not be disposed to
accept the conclusions which I have reached, surely the facts I have
stated cannot fail to interest you.

The subject which embraces these facts is an exceedingly broad
one, and upon them may be based other discussions than those
which I have attempted. Other lessons may also be drawn from
them, one of which is that, in the accomplishment of her ends,
Nature is extravagantly wasteful, and terribly cruel.

66 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

And yet, there is so much of order and harmony apparent in all
her ways, so much of the genial sunshine of knowledge gamed
to the naturalist who studies them that, with the optimism which
is inseparable from a sound mind in a healthy body, he has an en-
joyment of his occupations such, I believe, as other men rarely
know.

NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLID^.
By C. V. Riley,

(Read May 25, 1883.)

Having been engaged lately in putting together the material for
a study of the Psyllidse of North America, I would, in this brief
paper, offer a preliminary statement of some of the results, and
append a few descriptions of the more remarkable forms for pub-
lication in the proceedings.

Knowledge of the European Psyllidaa has greatly advanced, both
as to morphology and biography, since the time of Linngeus and
Latreille, mainly through the labors of Hartig, Forster, Flor,
and more especially, in recent years, through the important publi-
cations of Dr. Franz Low, of Vienna. The Psyllid fauna of the
United States has, however, received little attention from American
entomologists ; yet it is rich in species which are of great interest.

What has hitherto been done in the classification of the North
American Psyllidae may be gathered from the following list of the
species actually described. A similar list was published in the
" Canadian Entomologist " by Mr. Wm. H. Ashmead, (1881,) but
it was somewhat incomplete, and contained some inaccuracies.

1. Diraphia vernalis Fitch.

2. Diraphia femoralis Fitch.
5. Diraphia calainorian Fitch.

4. Diraphia maculipennis Fitch.

5. Aphaiara arctica Walker.

6. Psylla ilecis Ashmead.

7. Psylla rhois Glover.

8. Psylla quadrilitteata Fitch.

9. Psylla carpini Fitch.

67

68 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

10. Psylla annulata Fitch.

11. Psylla pyri (lAxm.), Harris, Fitch, Glover, et al,

12. Psylla pyrisuga (Forster), Barnard.

1 3 . Psylla venusla O . - Sacken .

14. Psylla celtidis -mamma Riley.

15. Psylla tripimctata Fitch.

16. Psylla rubi Walsh and Riley.

17. Psylla diospyri Ashm.

1 8. Psylla magnolice Ashm.

Thus the number of described species amounts only to eighteen.
All other names occurring in Ashmead's list and in Walker's British
Museum list, as well as in cabinets, are manuscript names. Of the
eighteen species, four are merely synonyms, while one is an impor-
tation.

The synonyms have been principally caused by the fact that the
imagines of several species quite persistently occur on two or more
widely different plants : thus Psylla tripunctata is equally common on
Rubus and on Pinus ; but while this is true of the mature insects,
yet each species, so far as we yet know, is confined in its adolescent
stages to one genus of plants, and often to one species.

According to the latest classification by Dr. Franz Low in his
paper, " Zur Systematik der Psylloden," -^^ our described species
must be placed as follows :

I. SUB-FAMILY LlVIIN^.

1. Livia venialis, Fitch, (synonyms : Diraphia femoralisY.

and D. calamorum F.).

2. Livia macidipennis , Fitch. (JDiraphia maciilipenius Fitch.)

This sub-family, which has but two representatives in Europe, is
at once recognizable by the flat, not prominent eyes, and by the
form of the antennce, the second joint being the largest.

* Verhandlungen der zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1878.

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLID^. 69

II. SUB-FAMILY APHALARIN^.

3. Aphalara ilicis, Ashm. {Psylla ilecis Ashm.)

This sub-family was established by Low upon genera in which the
petiolus cubiti is as long as, or longer than, the discoidal part of the
subcosta, and in which the frontal lobes are either absent or not
separated from the vertex. Of the four European genera of this
sub-family recognized by Franz Low I have thus far seen American
representatives of but one genus, viz : Aphalara, which appears to
be well represented in the United States.

III. SUB-FAMILY PsYLLIN^.

4. Calophya rhois Glover.* (^Psylla rJiois Glover.)

5. Psylla pyricola Forster, (synonyms /'x./j'/-/, Harris, Fitch,

Glover, etc. ; P. pyrisuga Barnard.)

This is the Pear-tree Psylla of our northern and western States,
and its reference to Forster's species is made after comparison with
European specimens received from Meyer-Diir and Lichtenstein.

6. Psylla quadrilineata Fitch.

7. Psylla ardica, Walker. (^Aphalara arctica Walk.)f

8. Psylla carpini Fitch.

* It was one of Glover's boasts that he never described a species : yet on ac-
count of the marked colorational characters of this insect, he has unwittingly
given, in two or three words, a i-ecognizable description of it with figures. (A<Tri-
cultural Report for 1876, p. 33, published in 1877.) The name conflicts with
Fr. Low's Calophya {Psylla) rhois, also published in 1877, (Abh. K. K. zool.
bot. Ges. Wien, 1S77, p. 148.) Without attempting to decide which of the two
names has priority, but to avoid confusion, I would substitute for our North Amer-
can species the name of nigyipennis, under which Fitch described the species in
his manuscript notes. Low's description is a very careful one, while that of
Glover is accidental and unintentional, the name being used under the impression
that the species had already been described.

fThis is described from Albany River, Hudson's Bay, (List of Homoptera,
Brit. Mus., part 4, p. 931,) as an Aphalara. It is unknown to me, but Mr. Jno.
Scott, (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1882, p. 459,) who has examined the types
declares it to be a genuine Psylla.

70 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

9. Psylla anmilata Fitch.

10. PacJiypsylla (11. gen.) vemista, Osten-Sacken. {Psylla

venusta O.-S.; Ps. c.-grandis Riley.)

11. Pachypsylla celtidis-mamma, Riley. {Pyslla c. -mamma,

Riley.)

The sub-family Psylliiise which is characterized by prominent eyes,
short petiolus cubiti, and by the frontal cones (when present) being
well separated from the vertex, seems to be well represented in our
fauna, but a large portion of our species cannot be included in the
European genera. Of the ten genera into which Low has divided
the Psyllinse, I have only been able to recognize two in our fauna,
viz : Calophya Fr. Low, and Psylla, as restricted by Low. The
former genus includes our two Sumac Psyllids, and a third of un-
known habits, but presumably also living on Rhus. Of Pyslla a
moderate number of species are in my collection, indicating the oc-
currence of the genus on both slopes of our continent.

Of the four new genera which I have recognized in our fauna, the
most interesting appears to be that which includes our Hackberry
Psyllids, interesting not only because of the peculiar structural
characters exhibited in the larva and imago states, but more espec-
ially because of the fact that they are true gall-makers. I have
called this new genus Pachypsylla, and append descriptions of it and
of the principal species which it embraces.

IV. SUB-FAMILY TrIOZIN^.

Next to the Liviinae this is the best defined sub-family of Psyllidse,
and it is at once recognizable by the prominent eyes, the long dor-
sulum and the absence of the petiolus cubiti. It" includes the
following species described from our fauna :

12. Triozatripunctata, Fitch. {Psylla tripiuictata Fitch-

synonym : Psylla rubi Walsh & Riley.)

13. Trioza magnolicE, Ashm. {Psylla magnolicz Ashm.)

14. Trioza diospyri, h.'^WLi. {Ps. diospyri Ashra.)

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLIDiG. 71

Of the genera described, only one, Trioza, has thus far been
found in North America, but this genus is represented by numerous
species. The venation of the front wings offers good characters
for groups, while specific characters are best expressed in the genital
armature of the male. Two species from Florida exhibit very re-
markable structural characters which justify the establishment of two
new genera here characterized.

In the following descriptions I have used those orismological
terms which seem least likely to confuse, chiefly following Fr. Low
and other continental authors. The width of the head includes
the eyes, and length measurements are from vertex to tip of closed
wing.

Sub-family PSYLLIN^E.

PACHYPSYLLA, new genus.

Body very robust, transversely and longitudinally convex ; in some species
glabrous, in others finely pruinose with exceedingly short and sparse pubescence.
Head large, vertical, vertex rugoso-punctate, longer than usual, but slightly
or not at all narrowed anteriorly ; anterior marginal line well marked, straight ;
frontal cones not in the same plane as the vertex, more or less oval, pubes-
cent, vertical, about half as long as the vertex ; anterior ocellus not visible
from above; discoidal impressions punctiform or foveiform [^c.-geiiwia) ; antennas
as long as (or even shorter than) the width of the head, stout, intermediate joints
sub-turbinate. Pronotum of usual length (short in c.-gemnia), steeply ascending
posteriorly, rugosely punctate, of equal width, lateral impressions well marked,
front and hind margins gently curved ; dorsulum less developed than in the true
Psyllas, more than twice as broad as long ; sculpture of dorsulum and mesonotum
varying according to species, either nearly smooth [c.-i^einina) or alutaceous (^c.-ve-
nusta) or rugoso-punctulate [c.-maiiiuia and the rest of the species). Front wings
varying in length and form according to species, flat (less so in c.-gemvia), sub-
membranaceous, and not rugose in the majority of the species (more leathery and
rugose in c. -gemma), pterostigma more or less distinct, tip of wing between radius
and fourth furcal and nearer to the costal than to the inner margin ; petiolus
cubiti much shorter than the discoidal part of the subcosta; marginal cells unu-
sually long, narrow (less so in c. -gemma), and of nearly equal size. Metasternal
processes shorter than in Psylla. Genital plate of male broad, convex at the sides,
slightly lobed posteriorly, forceps simple ; genital plates of female simple, ot
varying length. Legs stouter than usual. Larva and pupa with spinous tip of
abdomen and sides of body not acute.

72 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

The species, so far as known, are all gall-makers, and confined to
the Hackberry {Celfis).

There is no genus, among those characterized by Dr. Fr. Low, with
which Pachypsylla can properly be compared. In the convexity of
the body it greatly surpasses Psylla, from which it is at once distm-
guished by the vertical and rugoso-punctate head, the quadrate ver-
tex, the short frontal cones, the less filiform and stout antennse.

Pachypsylla venusta (Osten-Sacken.)

Average length, 5.6 mm. General color, brownish-yellow, variegated with
darker brown, often with a greenish tinge, thorax with brown marlcings of the
usual shape, front wings whitish speckled with brown, legs variegated with black.
Head with the eyes narrower than the widest part of the thorax, vertical, slightly
ernarginate behind, vertex about one-third wider than long, nearly flat, not\ar-
rowing anteriorly, with anterior marginal line straight, slightly elevated along the
inner margin of the eyes, surface rugoso-punctate, discoidal impressions pulicti-
form, very distinct, median line fine ; frontal cones below the plane of the vertex,
vertical, very little longer than wide at base, rounded at tip and sides, not half as'
long as the vertex, and togetlier only half as wide as the vertex, moderately diver-
gent, rugoso punctate, sparsely pubescent, and in color often brighter yellow than
the vertex ; antennre as long as the head is wide, joint 2 a little longer than i ,
joint 3 twice as narrow as 2 and but little longer than 4, the succeeding joints'
gradually decreasing in length, the terminal three closely conjointed, very little
thicker than the preceding joints ; each of the intermediate joints at tip a little
wider than the base of the following joint; color, pale yellow, tips of interme-
diate joints and the whole of the last two joints black ; terminal bristles very short.
Pronotum moderately short, of equal width, slightly emarginate behind, steeply
ascending posteriorly, sculptured and colored as the head ; lateral impressions
well marked. Dorsulum well developed, thrice as long as the pronotum and
about twice as wide as long; posterior lobe distinctly longer than the anterior;
hind margin sinuate each side and truncate at middle; surface finely alutaceous;
color, light brownish yellow, with a large brown apical spot divided by a yellow
median line. Mesonotum convex, wider than the head, sculptured as the dorsu-
lum, with four vittae (longitudinal) of brown or greenish-brown color, the outer
ones usually wider than the inner ones, all bordered and divided transversely by
lines of brighter yellow. Front wings two and one-third times longer than their
greatest breadth, widest at basal half, whitish, semi-transparent, "marked with
brown, as follows : an oblique and gradually-diminishing band running from the
tip of radial cell to middle of first furcal vein, more or less interrupted between,
but persistent on the veins ; a series of four large quadrate marginal spots at tips
of furcals, a spot at base of pterostigma ; paler specimens have these marks well
relieved on a uniformly semi-transparent wing, while darker specimens have them
more or less suffused with brown atoms, which often obscure the apical half of
the wing and gradually intensify towards the posterior margin, where they always
leave four clear, whitish terminal spaces between the veins, the fourth least distinct
and sometimes obsolete ; costal margin much rounded at base, thence straight, tip
very narrowly rounded, nearly angulated, inner margin at terminal third rounded.
Venation moderately strong, discoidal part of subcosta elevated into a prominent
callus, pterostigma distinct, moderately long; petiolus cubiti as long as the stem
of the first fork and one-half as long as the discoidal part of subcosta, which
is as long as, or a little longer than, the basal part ; radius nearly parallel to the stem
of second or outer fork and fourth furcal, slightly curved upward at tip, all fur-

4

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLID^. 73

cals terminating very olDliquely upon the margin, the first sHghtly shorter than the
fourth, the second one-fourth longer than the first, which terminates at about the
middle of the inner margin ; stem of second fork as long as the third furcal ; tip
of wing distinctly between the radius and the fourth furcal ; outer basal cell one-
fourth shorter than radial cell ; second marginal cell as long, but not quite as wide,
as first marginal cell ; margin of cubital cell as long as that of second marginal.
Metasternal processes nearly twice as long as wide, constricted at base, apex not
sharply pointed ; legs yellowish gray, femora usually with the upper edge and a
sub-apical spot blackish, claw-joint black, (j" : genital segment as long as the two
preceding ventral segments together, wider tiian usual ; color, yellowish brown,
shining, with sparse, long pubescence ; plate nearly as high as the length of the
segment, wide, rounded and convex at the sides, provided with a distinct lateral
lobe ; anterior margin straight, posterior margin forming a nearly semi-circular
line, greatest width at apical third ; on its outer face the plate is convex and
smooth anteriorly ; the posterior lobe is rugose, and separated from the plate itself
by a wide and shallow depression. Forceps two-thirds as high as the plate,
front margin straight, hind margin slightly sinuate at basal half, tip rounded, outer
face smooth and very shining.

9 : genital segment a little longer than the rest of the abdomen, opaque, brown- •
isli yellow with black markings, with moderately short and inconspicuous pubes-
cence, upper plate gradually tapering apically and drawn out in a very sharp
point, which is slightly turned upward ; lower plate a little shorter than the upper,
rapidly narrowing from the base and pointed at tip, but by no means as sharply
as the upper plate.

Described from mimeroiis specimens reared from a large woody
gall formed on the petiole of the leaf of Celtis, a part of the base
of the leaf being included, so as to form a groove on one side.

Pachypsylla celtidis-mamma (Riley.)

Average length, 4 mm. Color dirty yellowish-brown, frequently dark brown
or brownish-yellow, upper side usually with a greenish tint ; antennce and legs
yellowish, variegated with black ; wings subhyaline and whitish, speckled with
brown. Head and thorax more strongly rugoso-piinctate than in z/t-w/zi-//, opaque
and with sparse, extremely short, but glistening pubescence. Vertex as in the
preceding species, frontal cones more transverse ; antennae a little shorter than
the width of the head, coloration and relative length of the joints as in venitsta,
intermediate joints more distinctly turbinate. Parts of thorax formed and colored
as in venitsta, a little less convex, and the brown color more predominant, with
markings on dorsulum and mesothorax less clearly defined. Front wings nar-
rower and, therefore, apparently longer than in venusta, very little wider at ter-
minal third than at basal third ; costal margin at base but slightly convex, at tip
more broadly rounded ; whitish, subhyalme, more or less densely covered witli
small, brownish, scale-like specks, as follows : an oblique and gradually narrow-
ing band (extending from tip of pterostigma to near tip of radius), which runs
across the wing to the tip of the first furcal, is usually freer from these dots than
the rest of the wing, while its edges are usually more crowded with the dots, so
as to bring the pale band into greater relief; quite frequently there is an intensi-
fied patch of brown about discoidal part of subcostal vein and at all vein furca-
tions; also, the terminal space outside the pale oblique band is often uniformly
dark, but with three marginal pale spots (one in each of the cubital, second mar-
ginal, and discoidal cells) always more or less distinctly relieved. This pale band
is sometimes obsolete and the wing more or less evenly speckled ; exceptionally,
both inside and outside the oblique band, there is a border of variable extent, of a
uniform dark brown color, not composed of small dots ; pterostigma distinct, mod-

74 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

erately wide and long; petiolus cubiti a little more than half as long as the stem
of first fork, and fully three times shorter than the discoidal part of subcosta,
which is distinctly longer than the basal portion ; radius nearly parallel to stem of
second fork and fourth furcal, hardly curved upward at terminus, furcals termi-
nating very obliquely upon the margin, third and fourth nearly equal in length,
second very little longer than third, and first very little shorter than third, and
terminating at about the middle of the margin ; stem of second fork as long as third
furcal ; tip of wing between radius and fourth furcal ; outer basal cell one-third
shorter than radial cell, marginal cells of equal length, the second a little wider
than the first. Metasternal processes pale greenish, cylindrical, hardly narrowed
toward the tip, which is obtuse, not pointed. Legs pale brownish-yellow, femora
usually variegated with black, last tarsal joint blackish. Abdomen either entirely
blackish or brown, or brownish-yellow, in fresh specimens, suffused in pink.

1^ : genital segment a little longer than the preceding ventral segment, brown,
shining; plate as high as the length of the segment, lateral lobe barely indicated,
anterior margin straight, posterior margin very slightly oblique, i, e., the plate
gradually increases in width toward the tip, which is truncate and not arcuate, as
in the preceding species. Forceps as in veiiusta.

9: genital segment a little shorter than the three preceding ventral segments to-
gether, laterally more compressed than in venusta; upper plate a little longer than
the lower one, gradually tapering toward tip, which is straight and not so sharply
pointed as in veniista; lower plate also simple.

Described from numerous specimens bred from closed mamma-
like galls on leaves of Celtis. •

Pachypsylla (Blastophysa) c. -gemma, new species.

Average length 3.5 mm. Glossy. Dark brown or lighter, head and thorax
dirty brownish-yellow or deep gamboge-yellow, with greenish and often reddish
tint; front vv'ings uniformly yellowish-brown (lighter or darker) ; abdomen nearly
black, sutures of the segments reddish, often the whole abdomen brownish-yel-
low. Head vertically inclined, as in the other species, with the eyes a little nar-
rower than the widest part of the thorax ; vertex shining, rugoso-punctate, yellow-
ish-gray, twice as wide as long, not narrowing anteriorly, very slightly emarginate
posteriorly, anterior margin straight, discoidal impressions large, foveiform, but
shallow and ill-defined; median line fine; frontal cones vertical, somewhat vari-
able in form, but usually subtransverse, always rounded at tip, more or less
strongly divergent, rugoso-punctate, slightly hairy ; antennas fully as long as the
width of the head, less stout than in the other species of the genus, yellow,
more or less variegated and tipped with black ; joints subtui'binate, joint 4 not
quite one-half as long as 3, the succeeding joints a little shorter than 4, but not
decreasing in length, 9 and 10 closely united and together shorter than the pre-
ceding joint; terminal liristles very short; pronolum very short, of equal width,
slightly emarginate behind, shining, impunctate ; dorsulum formed as in other
species, usually shining, finely alutaceous, with sparse transverse aciculate lines,
which are sometimes absent; mesonotum formed as in other species, shining, very
finely alutaceous; color of dorsulum and mesonotum very variable, usually
brownish- vellow with greenish tinge, or yellowish-green with more or less indis-
tinct markings of light brown ; sometimes the color is more decidedly yellow, or
even orange yellow, or nearly wholly pale green. Wings glossy, decidedly
shorter and more leathery than in the other species, decidedly sub-convex, at
basal third very slightly wider than at terminal third, transversely rugose, uni-
formly immaculate, costal margin at base strongly arched, then nearly straight, tip
of wingly broadly rounded, inner margin regularly curved ; venation much less
prominent than in the genuine Pachypsyllas ; pterostigma very indistinct ; petio-
lus cubiti about half as long as the discoidal part of the subcosta, which is as long

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLID^. 75

as, or a little longer than, the basal portion ; radius nearly straight, third and fourth
furcals of nearly equal length, terminating very obliquely upon the margin, stem
of second fork a little longer than third furcal, first furcal but little longer than
the stem of the first fork and one-third shorter than the second furcal, which is
but little longer than the fourtli furcal ; outer basal cell very large and nearly as
Jon'T as the inner one ; base of pterostigma nearer to the middle than to basal
third of wing ; first furcal terminating at about the middle ; margin of first mar-
ginal cell as long as that of second; margin of cubital cell shorter. Abdomen in
matured specimens dark gray, each segment bordered behind with rosei.te color,
in immature specimens brown or brownish-yellow. Metasternal processes pale-
green, elongate oval, obtusely rounded at tip. Femora usually brownish-yellow,
sometimes blackish, with exception of the tip; tibice and tarsi black.

^: genital segment somewhat longer than the preceding ventral segment; plate
as high as the length of the segment, anterior margin straight, posterior lateral lobe
very feebly indicated toward the tip, the plate, therefore, slightly wider at tip than
at base, posterior edge slightly curved, tip truncate; the lobe is hairy, opaque,
rugose, and divided from the main part of the plate by a longitudinal depression ;
forceps three-fourths as high as the plate, anterior edge slightly convex, posterior
edge slightly concave, tip acute.

9 : genital segment somewhat longer in proportion to the rest of the abdomen
than in c. -mamma, but otherwise not different.

Described from numerous specimens reared from a small, rounded,
more or less irregular swelling of the bud of Ccltis.

■The species shows sufficient differences, as compared with the more
typical Pachypsylla, to warrant separation into a sub-genus, which
I would designate by the name of Blastophysa, and which in future,
with increased material, will probably be accepted as a good genus.

The following dichotomic table gives the principal differences
between the three species of Pachypsylla just described :

Head and dorsum opaque ; front wings submembranaceous or subhyaline,
not rugose; pterostigma distinct; both marginal cells very long, narrow,
and of about equal size and length ; anal style of full-grown larva and
pupa long.

Dorsulum and mesonotum alutaceous, glabrous; front
wings narrowly rounded at tip, widest in basal half;
genital segment of female longer than the rest of
the abdomen ; anal style of full-grown larva and

pupa notched at top venusta.

Dorsulum and mesonotum rugoso-punctate, with dis-
tinct but very short, sparse pubescence; front wings
broadly rounded at tip, widest in terminal half;
genital segment of female shorter than the rest of
the abdomen ; anal style of full-grown larva and

pupa pointed at tip c.-mamttia.

Head and dorsum shining, withuut pubescence ; front wings
somewhat convex, basal half not wider than terminal half,
broadly rounded at tip, distinctly rugose ; pterostigma indis-
tinct; marginal cells less narrow, the first shorter and some-
what smaller than the second; genital segment of female
» shorter than the rest of the body ; anal style of full-grown

larva and pupa very short, nicked at tip c. -gemma.

76 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Sub-family TRIOZIN^.
CEROPSYLLA, new genus

Body moderately slender, slightly convex longitudinally, glabrous, impunctate,
opaque. Head with the eyes slightly narrower than the widest part of the tho-
rax ; vertex nearly half as long as wide, convex anteriorly, slightly emarginate
behind ; discoidal impressions large and polished, but shallow and ill-defined ;
frontal cones well separated from, and much depressed below, the plane of the
vertex, nearly vertical, a little longer than wide, about half as long as the vertex,
not divergent, not narrowing anteriorly, obtusely rounded at tip, jet black, opaque,
slightly pul^escent; antenna; more than twice as long as the width of the head,
thin, terminal joints distinctly broader, joint 3 as long as 4 and 5 together, the
last two joints less connate than usual, terminal bristle short. Thorax with the
pronotum very short, deeply emarginate behind, lower than the head, and almost
covered at the middle by the overlapping dorsulum ; dorsulum longer than wide,
anterior lobe much more developed than the posterior, laterally convex, gently
ascending posteriorly ; mesonotum nearly as long as dorsulum, of usual form.

Wings flat, perfectly hyaline, not sculptured, two and one-half times longer
than wide, widest beyond the middle, outer costa gradually and slightly arched at
base, tip distinctly angulated ; basal part of subcosta unusually long, as long as
the branch of the Seconal fork ; the stems of the two forks not starting from
the same point of the subcosta, that of the first fork starting alone from the sub-
costa, some distance before the usual separation point of tlie principal veins ; dis-
coidal part of the subcosta extremely short — in fact, hardly perceptible ; thus the
radius, the radial part of subcosta and the stem of the second fork start from
nearly the same point; radial part of subcosta but little shorter than the stem of
first fork ; radius straight, unusually short — shorter than the basal part of the sub-
costa; stem of second fork running, at basal fourth, very close to the radius,
then gradually diverging from it ; tip of wing within second marginal cell, but
very close to the fourth furcal. which is nearly equal in length to ihe first and dis-
tinctly longer than the third furcal ; second furcal nearly twice as long as the third
and about as long as stem of the second fork. Basal cells very long, the outer
not quite attaining the middle of the wing, the inner reaching beyond the middle;
radial cell much shoiter than outer basal cell ; first marginal cell much larger
than the second, but of similar shape.

Ceropsylla sideroxyli, new species.

Average length, 4.2 mm. To the characters given above in the generic de-
scription but little remains to be added. The color is greenish-yellow on the
upper side, abdomen and under side more decidedly green ; dorsal marking of
brownish-yellow faintly indicated ; antennae black, with the three basal joints
pale yellow; legs yellowish-green or pale yellow. The wings are perfectly col-
orless and transparent, the veins very fine, blackish. The exceptional arrange-
ment of the venation, especially the almost complete absence of the discoidal part
of the subcosta, produces some curious results, viz., the basal part of the sub-
costa ana the radius appear to form a single straight line, and the discoidal cell is
triangular, with the angle towards the base of the wings narrowly produced. The

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLID^. 77

radial part of the subcosta terminates nearly at the middle of outer costa, the
radius terminating about half way between the end of the radial part of subcosta
and the tip of the wing; the outer basal cell is about one-third longer than the
radial cell and little shorter, but much narrower than the inner basal cell.

Described from fourteen specimens.

The secondary sexual parts in the specimens before me are not
well preserved, oyving to the immature condition of the specimens,
and I prefer to leave them undescribed at present.

The form of the head and thorax, and, in fact, the general ap-
pearance of this genus, show no important or essential differences
from the typical Triozas, but the wing-venation is without parallel
in the family, and so remarkable that, with but a single specimen
for examination, it might be considered a rather interesting mon-
strosity, such as can occasionally be observed in large series of speci-
mens of other species. The specimens examined, however show
precisely the same venation, and this character, together with the
singular form exhibited in the full-grown larva, necessitates the es-
tablishment of a new genus. The specimens before me were bred
from tlie larva, and as they died shortly after acquiring wings,
they are more or less immature.

Full-grown larvae were found by Mr. Wittfeld at Georgiana, in
Southern Florida, on the under side of the leaves of Sideroxylon
masticodeiidron, imbedded in small scattered cup shaped excava-
tions, which, on the upper side of the leaves, appear as rough, ele-
vated pustules. A white, wax-like (not flocculent) excretion covers
the dorsal surface of the larva, and has suggested the generic name.

RHINOPSYLLA, new genus.

Body moderately slender, very slightly convex dorsally, opaque, glabrous, im-
punctate. Head (including eyes) wider than the widest part of the thorax, ob-
liquely prolonged and narrowing behind the large and convex eyes, which are
thus widely distant from the pronotum ; hind angles obtuse, hind margin nearly
straight, and not quite half as wide as the widest part of the head. Vertex deeply
and triangularly excised in themiddleof the anterior margin, which is very oblique
each side of the excision. The vertex thus appears to be separated anteriorly in
two cones pointing obliquely forward, and this peculiar bi-rostrate appearance of
the head is enhanced by the basal joints of the antennae forming apparently the

continuation ofHhese cones; no trace of frontal cones; front margin of vertex with-
lo

78 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

in the incisure not acute, but very narrowly rounded ; anterior ocellus at the bottom
of the incisure only visible from the front, but not readily perceptible ; discoidal im-
pressions very conspicuous, long, lineiform, reaching the hind margin of the head.
Antennae more than twice as long as the greatest width of the head ; joints i and
2 longer than usual, joint 3 longer than 4 and 5 together, and at middle distinctly
wider than the succeeding joints, but narrower than joint 2. Thorax, with the
pronotum moderately short, slightly ascending posteriorly ; front and hind mar-
gins but slightly curved, the latter, however, narrowly notched at middle; lateral
impressions deep and large, situated at the hind margin ; dorsulum distinctly
wider than long, anterior lobe sub-acuminate in middle of front to fit in the emar-
gination of the pronotum ; mesonotum of usual form, subdepressed on the disc,
convex at the sides, nearly as long as the dorsulum ; metasternal processes small,
elongate, pointed at tip. Front wings very long and narrow, more than three
times longer than wide, widest at middle, tip distinctly angulated, with the angle
more acute than usual, colorless and perfectly transparent, venation fine; basal
portion of subcosta nearly as long as the stem of first fork and a little longer
than the discoidal and radial portions of subcosta combined ; radius straight and
not parallel with stem of second fork; stem of second fork nearly twice as
long as that of the first ; tip of wing distinctly within second marginal cell ; outer
basal cell as long as radial cell, which is as long as, or little longer than, the mar-
gin of the discoidal cell. Anterior legs longer than the others, and with the
femora laterally much compressed and curved inwardly.

The form and venation of the wings do not offer any differences
from the Triozinae, and more particularly from certain typical Tri-
ozas, while the absence of frontal cones, together with the form of
the third antennal joint, seem to point to an affinity with Bacteri-
cera, Puton (a genus which is unknown to me in nature). The re-
markable formation of the head, however, removes Rhinopsylla not
only from the other genera of this sub-family, but from all Psyllidge
hitherto described. The formation of the anterior legs is also a
character not otherwise occurring in the whole family; but this
might be a sexual character, as the female is still unknown.

Rhinopsylla schAArarzii, new species.

Length, 3 mm. Head and thorax dull brick-red. the latter above indistinctly
marked with pale yellow ; upper surface opaque, not pubescent, and without other
sculpture than the usual very fine alutation. Abdomen greenish, femora red,
tibice and tarsi pale yellow, the former blackish at base. Oblique post-ocular pro-
longation of the head nearly as long as the anterior portion of the head ; anterior
median excision of the vertex forming an almost equilateral triangle ; the two
lobes of the vertex formed by the notch are also triangular, and not more porrect
than the front margin of the eyes, which are semi-globular and very prominent ;
discoidal impressions forming each side a longitudinal line reaching to near the

NORTH AMERICAN PSYLLID^E. 79

hind margin of the liead, deeply impressed behind and becoming obsolete before
reaching the anterior margin of vertex ; basal joints of antennae larger and wider
than usual and reddish; joint 2 narrower and shorter than i, joints 3-6 and the
bases of 7 and 8 pale yellow, remaining joints black; joint 3, of the form described
above, longer than joints 4 and 5 together; joints 6, 7, and 8 each a little longer
than joint 4; 9 and 10 of usual shape, closely connate ; terminal bristles long.
Pronotum colored as the head, of nearly equal width, laterally less convex than
usual, nearly horizontal longitudinally, moderately long, indentation at middle of
hind margin acutely triangular ; dorsulum with very faint traces of paler longi-
tudinal markings, very little higher than the pronotum. Mesonotum nearly as
long as the dorsulum, with two broad pale median bands, separated by a line
subimpressed dark-colored median line, sublateral yellow lines barely indicated.
Front wings, of the form described above, colorless, except a slight brown shade
alongside the marginal venules ; veins fine, yellowish-brown ; third furcal one-
third shorter than the fourth, and nearly rectangular upon the margin, second fur-
cal about one-third longer than the fourth, strongly arched, first furcal slightly
shorter than the third, terminating obliquely upon the margin ; outer basal cell
much narrower than the inner and as long as the radial cell ; inner basal cell at-
taining the middle of the margin, marginal cells unlike in form but about equal
in size. The anterior legs, especially the femora, are much longer than the mid-
dle legs; the anterior femora are, moreover, much wider, flattened, and htut m-
wardly at middle, or rather sinuate at the inner broad side.* The hind legs are
nearly as long as the anterior, but the femora are of normal form. Metasternal
processes rather widely separated, conical, acuminate.

The genital armature of the male cannot properly be described
from the two specimens before me.

Described from two ^ s, fotind March nth, 1879, ^^ Baldwin,
Fla., by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, to whom I take pleasure in dedicating
the species, on low plants in the cypress swamps, but the food-plant
of the species still remains unknown.

*This curving of the anterior femora is not equal in the two males before me,
being veiy conspicuous in the one and less so in the other.

REMARKS ON THE BAG-WORM— THYRIDOPTERYX
EPHEMER^FORMIS.

By C. V. RiLEY.

(Read April 13, 1883.)

Having been asked by members of the Society quite frequently

of late to explain the facts in relation to the common bag-worm,

and as the facts are somewhat puzzling to the uninitiated, I have

thought it of sufficient interest to state them.

Fig. I. Thvkiuoptkryx KPHEMERi^FORMis : a, larva; b, male chrysalis;
c, female moth ; <•/, male moth ; e, follicle and puparium cut open to show eggs ;
/, full grown larva witli bag ; g, young larvre with their conical upright coverings ;
all natural size.

The bags, as they hang from the trees at the present time, and
as illustrated by these specimens which I now exhibit, will be found
to consist of very strong silk, and, while a large proportion of them
contain little or nothing, many of them have within a brown shell,
known as the puparium, and containing a large number of soft,
}ellowish eggs, interspersed with fulvous down. In a few days
these eggs will hatch, the young worms from them will crawl out
of the bags and disperse over the tree, covering themselves with

80

REMARKS ON THE BAG-WORM.

81

little conical silken coats, to the outside of which they attach bits
of leaves and twigs. These bags are at first held upright (Fig.
i,^), but, with increase in size, they are allowed to hang (Fig.
I,/). In the autumn, after attaining full growth, the worms appear
as in Fig. i, a. They now fasten the bags to the permanent parts
of the tree, and transform to the pupa state. In due time, the male
pupa (Fig. I, /') pushes down toward the anal orifice, and a little,
black, glassy-winged moth (Fig. i, </), with strongly pectinate an-
tennae, escapes.

The female (Fig. i, c) only partly issues from her pupa shell,
receives the male, and retreats into the puparium, in which she
deposits her eggs.

Fig. 2. Thyridopteryx EPHEMERi^FORMis : a, folHcle cut open to show the
manner in which the female works from her puparium and reaches the end of the
bag, natural size; b, female extracted from her case, enlarged.

In reference to the act of coition, which has not been fully
understood by entomologists, I quote from a former article of
mine : *

"We have seen that, by means of the partial elongation of her
puparium and her partial extraction therefrom, the female is able

* Sci. Am., Suppl., April 3d, 1878.

82

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

to reach with her head to the extreme lower end of her follicle,
causing, in doing so, the narrow elastic portion of the follicle to
bulge, and the orifice to open more or less, as it repeatedly did
while the larva was yet feeding, whenever the excrement had to be
expelled. Fig. 2, a, shows a follicle cut open so as to exhibit the
elongated puparium, and the female extended from it as she awaits
the male ; b, represents this degraded female more in detail. A
cursory examination of the male shows the genital armature, which
is always exposed, to consist of (i ) a brown, horny, bilobed piece,
broadening about the middle, narrowing to and notched at tip, con-
cave, and furnished with a tuft of dark hairs at tip inside] (2,) a
rigid brown sheath, upon which play (3) the genital hooks or
clasps, which are also concave inside, strongly bifid at tip, the
inner finger furnished with hairs, the outer produced to an obtuse
angle near tip, and generally unarmed, (Fig. 3, e). In repose, this

Fig. 3. Thyridoptervx ephemer.-eformis: b, the end of male abdomen
from the side, showing genitalia extended; <r, genitalia in repose, ventral view;
d, do., dorsal view ; e, tip of bifid clasp ; /, tip of penis ; all enlarged.

armature appears as in Fig. 3, c, from beneath, and as at d, from
above, and is well adapted to prying into the opening of the folli-
cle. The male abdomen is telescopically extensile, while the tip
easily bends or curves in any direction, but most naturally beneath,
as at b, where it is represented enlarged about six times, and with

KEMARKS OX THE BAG-WORM. 83

all the genital parts expanded; k, the fixed outer sheath;/, the
clasps ; g, a pale membranous sheath, upon which the praeputium
(Ji) plays, as on the finger of a glove ; /, the fleshy elastic penis,
armed with retorse hairs, and capable of extending to nearly one-
fourth of an inch ; y, showing the end still more fully enlarged.
With this exposition of details, not easily observed or generally
understood, the act of fecundation is no longer a mystery.

"Experiments made in 1878 led me to conclude that partheno-
genesis, although not improbable, seldom occurred in this species.
In some sixty instances where I excluded the males, the females
either worked out of their follicles and dropped to the ground
without ovipositing, or else died and dried up in the ends of the
same, likewise without laying. I have found the same to hold true
in those exceptional cases (four have already come under my notice)
where, in a state of nature out of doors, the larva had undergone
its transformations head upward. In every instance the poor female
had worked out of the puparium and butted against the closed end
of the follicle, perishing finally without laying, because the male
could not reach her.*

" The impregnated female that has laid her eggs always works out
of her follicle when her task is completed, and drops to the ground
exhausted ; but she may at once be distinguished from those which
perish without ovipositing by her shrunken, eggless body.

" The fawn-colored down, which the female intermingles with
her eggs, is composed of the silky hair rubbed from her body. If
examined while yet in the puparium, and just before she would
naturally issue therefrom, each ring of the body of the female is
seen to be more or less clothed with this silky material, while the
eggs are perfectly free from it until they are laid. Under the
microscope, this covering is seen to consist of the most delicate
fibres, many times finer than ordinary silk, and it is so easily de-
tached that most of it rubs off and remains in the puparium on the
partial issuing therefrom of the female."

* Since this was written more elaborate experiments have fully determined that
parthenogenesis does occasionally occur in the species.

LIST OF PLANTS ADDED TO THE FLORA OF WASHING-
TON FROM APRIL I, 1882, TO APRIL i, 1884.

By Lester F. Ward.

(Read November 24, 1S82.)

[This list is supplemeutal to Ward's " Guide to the Flora of \Vashington and Vicin-
ity" (Bulletin, U. S. National Museum). Unless otherwise stated, the species enumer-
ated were found by the author.]

40(i. Argemone Mexicana, L. Prickly Poppy.

Above Georgetown, near the ice house. Dr. E. Foreman, June 17,
1883.
Sga. Viola canina, L., var. sylvestris, Regel. Dog Violet.

Left bank of Rock Creek below Pierce's Mill. First found and re-
ported by Mr. Horace B. Patton, in April, 18S3. Collected by
myself May 5, 1883.

93^. Viola tricolor, L. Pansy. Hf.art's-ease.

Reform School region, escaped and much reduced in size^ June 25,
1882.
124^. Scleran'chus annuus, L. Knawkl.

Easby's Point. Theo. F. Streets, May 18, 1883.
142^. Hibiscus Syriacus, L. SuRuniJY Alth^a.

Escaped in many places.
142/^ Hibiscus esculentus, L. Okra. Gump.o.

Pierce's Mill road, near Tenallytown, Oct. 22, 1882.
2o8rt. Desmodium ochroleucum, M. A. Curtis.

Mount Hamilton,* Dr. E. Foreman, Sept. 24, 1882. Should be col-
lected before the middle of September.
234^. Phaseolus diversifolius, Pers. Wild Bean.

Alexandria branch, B. & O. Railroad, above Uniontown, Sept. lo, 1882.
Also by Dr. Foreman near Roache's Run, Va.

304rf. Callitriche Austini, Eng.

North of Mount Hamilton. June 24, 18S2.

* The conspicuous hill opposite Mt. Olivet Cemetery, otherwise known as
" Mulligan Hill" and " Munger's Hill," is thus designated on Boschke's " To-
pographical Map of the District of Columbia," 1880.

84

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 85

33i«. Conium maculatum, L. Poison Hemlock.

Rhode Island avenue, on a vacant lot near 17th street. June 17, 1883.
333a. Cicuta bulbifera, L. Water Hemlock.

Alexandria Canal, opposite the Arlington estate. Dr. E. Foreman,
1882.
39i«. Eupatorium altissimum, L.

Between the canal and the river, a short distance below Chain Bridge.
First reported by Dr. Vasey and Dr. Chas. Mohr at the end of
September, 1882. Collected there by myself Oct. 5, 1882.
436^. Aster ericoides, L., var. villosus, Gray.
Woodley Park, Sept. 17, 1882.

457<;. Pluchea camphorata, DC. Salt-Marsh Fleabane.

Marshall Hall, Md. Collected by Mr. O. M. Bryan in 1883; speci-
mens sent to Dr. Foreman, and by him shown to me.

497«. Galinsoga parviflora, Cav.

Fourteenth street near G, July 25, 1882. First seen by Dr. Chas.
Mohr. Since observed by myself on Sixteenth street.

^o2a. Leucanthemum Parthenium, Godron. Feverfew.

Park near B and Sixth streets. July 10, 1884. Canal road above George-
town, June 17, 1883.

504^. Senecio vulgaris, L. Common Groundsel.

Alexandria branch, B. & O. Railroad, a short distance above Union-
town, May 27, 1S83.

536«. Tragopogon porrifolius, L. Common Salsify. Oyster-Plant.

Nearly the same locality as the preceding. Dr. Foreman, May, 1883.

543a. Campanula aparinoides, Pursh. Marsh Bellflower.
Rock Creek. Mr. M. S. Bebb, 1863.

In preparing the " Flora," several species were admitted, which,
though not yet seen by the author or any of the recent collectors,
were yet vouched for by perfectly competent authorities who had
themselves found them in earlier years. In harmony with the rule
thus adopted, I now add, without hesitation, this species which Mr.
Bebb informs me, in a letter, that he was in the habit of collecting
in whilom days. From his description of the locality, I infer that
the spot on which the plant grew is now under cultivation.

628a. Lycopsis arvensis, L. Small Bugloss.

Near the Outlet Lock, Dr. Foreman, 1882. Collected there by myself
June 17, 1883.

86 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

6zga. Heliotropium Europaeum, L. Heliotrope.

Georgetown, nenr the Aqueduct Bridge, Mr. M. S. Bebb, 1863.

The above remarks on Campamtla aparinoides apply equally to
this species.

6401?. Cuscuta compacta, Juss. Dodder.

Specimen found in the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture,
collected near Washington by Dr. Vasey.

66 1 a. Gratiola aurea, Muhl.

Specimen in my herbarium (wrongly labeled) collected on the Eastern
Branch marsh, in 1873.

732(7. Scutellaria parvula, Michx. Scullcap.

This species was simply overlooked in the catalogue. I have specimens
collected by Prof. Chickering near the Insane Asylum, May 26»
1875-

738^. Lamium purpureum, L. Dead-Nettle.

Soldiers' Home grounds. I have fine specimens of this species which
I collected in this locality July 20, 1873, but had overlooked in
preparing the catalogue. The omission was observed by Mr.
Patton, who still found it there in 1882, and I again met with it
widely spreading through the grounds on May 20, 1883.

746^. Plantago pusilla, Nutt.

Near the southwest corner of the Soldiers' Home grounds (outside),
May 20, 1883.

7730-. Polygonum tenue, Michx.

Mount Hamilton, Dr. E. Foreman, Sept. 24, 1882. Collected by my-
self on both sides of the hill, Oct. I, 1882.

797a. Euphorbia mercurialina, Michx.

In a communication dated Dec. 6, 1882, the late Dr. George En^el-
mann informed me that this species was. once sent to him labeled
Washington, D. C, by Mr. F. Pech, who collected here extensively.

884a. Zannichellia paiustris, L.

In the canal, above Foundry Run, June 17, 1883.

986rt. Eriocaulon septangulare, With.

Eastern Branch (between tides) above Uniontown, Sept. 10, 1882.
Abundant in the Potomac below Analostan Island, and near Custis
Spnng.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF WASHINGTON. 87

(jZdb. Cyperus flavescens, L.

Specimen found in herb. Dep't Agriculture, collected in 1872 by Mr.
Rudolph Oldberg, in the vicinity of Washington.

990«. Cyperus inflexus, Muhl.

Chain Bridge, Dr. Chas. Mohr, September, 1882.

996^. Cyperus refractus, Eng.

Collected near Washington by Dr. George Vasey.

ioo2(7. Eleocharis Engelmanni, Steud.

Dried pond above Sandy Landing, June 24, 1883.

1019a. Rhynchospora fusca, Roem. & Schult.

Specimens in herb. Department of Agriculture, collected in the vicinity
of Washington by Dr. George Vasey.

103 1 rt. Carex muricata, L.

Established in and around the Agricultural Department grounds, fide
Dr. Vasey and Mr. Conant.

1128a. Glyceria pallida, Trin.

Nortli side of Four Mile Run pond, Dr. Vasey, 1883.
wboa. Hordeum jubatum, L. Squirrel-tail Grass.

Park near B and 4)4 streets, July lO, 1882.
1169^. Arrhenatherum avenaceum, Beauv. Oat Grass.

Hillside above Boundary street and Conn. Ave., June 17, 1882.
1195^. Setaria Italica, Ivunth. Millet, Bengal Grass.

Agricultural Department grounds, July 22. 1882.
1253^: Isoetes Engelmanni, Al. Br., var. valida, Eng. Quillwort.

Pool among rocks above Sandy Landing, June 11, 1882.

CORRECTIONS.
The following names should be substituted for those standing in the Check-list
opposite these numbers :
236. Rhynchosia tomentosa. Hook. & Arn., var. erecta, Torr. & Gray.
989. Cyperus microdontus, Torr.
991. Cyperus vegetus, Willd.
1055. Carex glaucodea, Tuckerm.
1 129. Clyceria Canadensis, Trin.

88 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF PE-

DICULATE FISHES (HALIEUTELLA LAPPA).

•
By G. Brown Goode and Tarleton H. Bean.

(Read March 8, 1884.)
HALIEUTELLA, new genus.
Body maltheiform, subcircular, depressed, its width equal to its length; covered
with flaccid, inflatable skin. .Spines feeble and less numerous than in Halieutcca.
Head merged in body; forehead with a transverse bony ridge; no perceptible
supraoral cavity ; no tentacle. Mouth small, terminal ; lower jaw slightly curved
forward. Teeth in the jaws minute, cardiform ; not discernible on palate, though
possibly present. Carpus broad, slightly exserted. Pectoral fins remote from
tail, obliquely placed, with membranes subvertical. Branchial aperture posterior
to carpus, upon the disk, and not remote from its margin. Dorsal fin 5-rayed,
inserted at junction of disk with caudal peduncle. Anal fin 4-rayed, originating
at root of caudal peduncle.

Halieutella lappa, new species.
Disk subcircular, more than two-thirds as long as the body. Body covered
with a loose, flaccid, inflatable skin, which so obscures its proportions that it is
impossible to determine its exact height, but it is not nearly so much depressed as
in the related genera. When the body is inflated the height and length of the
disk are nearly equal.

Spines rather feeble; about ten betv/een snout and dorsal fin. About six
strong spines, with conical bases and stellular tips on tlie outer margin of the disk
on each side, the anterior of them being opposite the eye. In front of these
spines on the discal margin, and between them and the snout, are several small,
simple spines, pointing backward. Belly armed with spines similar to those on
the back, but weaker. A stellate spine upon the tip of the snout, with two
weaker, simple spines on each side. Nasal openings midway between eye and
tip of snout. Mouth small, upon the margin of the disk. The upper jaw is
shorter than the diameter of the eye. Teeth as described in the generic diagnosis.
Dorsal fin inserted at posterior limit of disk, with five simple, articulated rays,
its longest ray one-fifth as long as the disk. Anal fin with four simple, articu-
lated rays, inserted directly beneath the fourth ray of the dorsal; its second, and
longest, ray one-fourth as long as the disk. Caudal twice as long as anal and
slightly longer than caudal peduncle, with nine simple, articulated rays. Car-
pus inserted at a distance from the snout equal to twice the length of the long-
est pectoral ray, which is slightly greater tlian the distance of posterior margin
of carpus, at its junction with disk, from vent. Number of pectoral rays, 15.
Ventral inserted at a point equidistant from the snout and the origin of the ana) ;
length of its longest ray (the fourth) equal to one-half the distance of the anal fin
from the snout. Number of ventral rays, 5. D. 5 ; A. 4 ; C. 9 ; P. 15 ; V. 5.

A single specimen, \]^ inches long, was dredged l)y tlie U. S. Fish Commis-
sion steamer Fish Hawk at station 1151, north latitude 39° 58^ 30'-', west longi-
tude 70° 37^ in a depth of 125 fathoms. Color, yellowish white.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW NORTH AMERICAN

BIRDS.

By Robert Ridgway.

Read February 23, 1884, and published bj' permission of the Director of the U. S.

National Museum.

1. Parus atricapillus turneri, new subspecies.

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Similar to P atncapillus septentrio-
nalis, but still lighter in color, the gray of the upper parts very
slightly, or not at all, tinged with brownish, the sides and flanks with
little or no bufif tinge.

^ : Wing, 2.70; tail, 2.65-2.90; tarsus, .65-. 70. 2: Wing,
2.55 ; tail, 2.55. Hab. Alaska.

Type, No. 70,826, (in collection, U. S. National Museum,) St.
Michael's, Alaska, May i, 1876; L. M. Turner.

2. Psaltriparus minimus californicus, new subspecies

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Differing from true P. viuiiniiis in
much lighter colors, especially on the lower parts, which are very
pale brownish gray, or soiled brownish white, only slightly tinged
purplish brown on the flanks. Hab. California, except northern
coast district.

In "Birds of North America," (page 397), Professor Baird re-
marks thn*. " there is quite an appreciable difference between speci-
mens of this species from Washington Territory and California ;
the latter are smaller, the under parts paler." He did not separate
them, however, the scant material at his command evidently not
warranting such a procedure. With numerous additional specimens,
the differences are none the less striking, and, in my opinion,
fully sufficient to justify their separation as well-defined geographi-
cal races.

It may be remarked that specimens from Marin County, just north
of the Bay of San Francisco, are dark colored above like typical

89

90 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

P. minimus, but are light colored beneath as in californiciis, being
thus, as should be expected, intermediate ; further north, along the
humid, densely wooded coast, specimens probably approximate
more closely to the typical form.

Types, Nos. 91,643, $ ad., Baird, Shasta Co., California, May
27, 1883, Chas. W. Townsend; 71,935, 9 ad.. Ft. Tejon, Cal.,
Aug. 7, 187s, H. W. Henshaw; 71,924, Walker's Basin, Cal., fall;
71,918, 9 ad., same locality and collector, Nov. 10, 1875 ^ 915890,
juv., Baird, Shasta Co., California, June 26, 18S3, Chas. W. Town-
send.

3. Colaptes mexicanus aaturatior, new subspecies.

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Similar to C. mexicamts, but much
darker colored. Back, etc., rich, dark umber-brown, throat deep
plumbeous-gray, and lower parts deep vinaceous-pink. JIab. North-
west coast, from the Columbia River to Sitka.

Types, Nos. 40,063, $ ad., Neah Bay, Washington Territory,
J. G. Swan; 13,516, 9 ad., Simiahmoo, Washington Territory,
Dr. C. B. Kennerly.

4. Myiarchus mexicanus magister, new subspecies.

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Differing from typical M. mexicamis
in much larger size, with proportionally longer and stronger bill.
Wing, 4.05-4.40; tail, 4.10-4.60; culmen, 1.10-1.27; bill from
nostril, .60-. 82 (average about .70) ; tarsus, .88-. 95 (average about
.92). Hab. Western Mexico, north to southern Arizona.

Types, Nos. 86,005, $ ad.. Camp Lowell, Arizona, and 57.640,
9 ad., Tehuantepec, Mexico.

In order to determine positively, if possible, the relationship of
the larger Mexican Myiarchi, I sent recently to Dr. Sclater a series
of specimens, asking him to compare them with Kaup's types of his
Tyrannula mexicana and T. cooperi, which were supposed to be in
the British Museum. His reply has just been received, and is, in
substance, as follows :

" The original of Kaup's description [of T. mexicand\ is not in

NJiW NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. !)1

the British Museum, .... but in that of Darmstadt, whence I ob-
tained the loan of it in 1871. I cannot do this again, but I have
a specimen in my own collection which, on that occasion, I com-
pared with Kaup's type and found to be similai, except as regards
the abraded plumage of my specimen. This specimen certainly
agrees best with the smaller or eastern race, .... that is with AT.
cooperi of Baird, .... but is smaller in dimensions than Baird's
type, and, therefore, much smaller than the large western form of

the same species What Tyrannula cooperi of Kaup was,

it is now, as I believe, impossible to ascertain ; because, if the
specimen so described is in the British Museum, as Kaup affirms, it
is not marked, and is, consequently, unrecognizable."

It will thus be seen that the large western race is unnamed,
which is my excuse for providing it with a name as above.

5. Myiarchus lawrencei olivascens, new subspecies.

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Differing from true Al. lawrencei of
Eastern Mexico, in very much paler colors: Pileum light hair-
brown, instead of dark sooty brown ; back light grayish olive, in-
stead of dark brownish olive ; remiges and rectrices edged with
dull ochraceous-rufous, instead of rusty rufous. Wing, 2.90-3.25;
tail, 3.00--3.25 ; culmen,- .65-. 70; widtli of bill at base, .30-.35 ;
tarsus, .ye-. 75. Hab. Western Mexico, north to southern Ari-
zona ; in winter, western and southern Mexico, and Yucatan.

Type, No. 57,655, $ ad., Sta. Efigenia, Tehuantepec, Dec. 25,
1868 ; F. Sumichrast.

I have carefully examined the type of Musicapa lawrencii Giraud,
and find that it corresponds exactly with specimens from eastern
Mexico, which are, without exception, (so far as the National Mu-
seum series are concerned,) much darker colored than those from
western Mexico.

In Hist. N. Am. B. (ii, p. 2>?)3)> -^■^- Iciwreticei olivascens was
erroneously considered to be the true M. lawrencei, the dark
eastern race (true M. lawrencei) being referred to M. nigricapilliis
Caban. The latter is similar, but still darker, having the piieum
nearly black, (whence the name). It reaches its extreme develop-

92 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

ment in Costa Rica, but extends northward to Guatemala, whence
northward it gradually passes into M. lawrencei. I have not seen
Arizona examples, but would have no hesitation in referring them
to olivascens on geographical grounds alone. That I am correct in
doing so is strongly indicated by the following quotation from Mr.
Brewster's remarks upon nine specimens obtained in the Santa Rita
Mountains, in southern Arizona, by Mr. F. Stephens. (^Cf. Bull.
Nutt. Orn. Club, vii, Oct., 1882, p. 205): "These show little
variation in color or markings, but the females are slightly smaller
than the males. The characters which separate M. hnvrencii from
its respective allies, AT. tristis, of Jamaica, and M. nigricapilliis, of
Central America, are well maintained in this series." \^Cf. Hist.
N. Am. B., ii, p. i'i>T,.'\

In this connection it may be well to give a brief review of the
Mexican Myiajrhi, from the writer's standpoint, a special study of
the subject, based upon the extensive series in the National Mu-
seum collection, (including many types,) enabling him to feel
pretty sure as to the limits of the respective species.

In the National Museum Ave have the following :

1. M. crinitus (Linn.), Cab., as a migrant through eastern
Mexico.

2. M. mexicafius (Kaup) Lawr. : a. viexicanus, from eastern
Mexico, north to the lower Rio Grande Valley, in Texas ; I'. ?nag-
ister, NOBIS, from western and southwestern Mexico, and north to
southern Arizona.

3. M. nu ffini^i R^DGW., from southwestern Mexico. (Cf. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, pp. 394, 395.)

4. Jlf. yucatanensis Lawr. from Merida, Yucatan. (This seems
to me to be most nearly related to the yVntillean species {M.
stolidns, etc). I have carefully examined the type, which is in
the National Museum collection, and cannot at all agree to its
reference to M. mexicanus.')

5. M. lawrencei (Giraud) Baird : a. lawrencei, from eastern

NEW NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 93

Mexico (north to southern Texas?); h. oUvasrens, nobis, from
western Mexico, (southern Mexico, and even Yucatan in winter,)
and north to southern Arizona.

6. M. flammulatus Lawr., from southwestern Mexico (Tehuante-
pec to Mazatlan). Several examples of this widely distinct species
are in the National Museum collection.

6. Pedioecetes phasianellus campestris, new subspecies.
PRAIRIE SHARP-TAILED GROUSE.

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Differing from P. phasianellus colimi-
bianus in rather lighter and much more ochraceous coloration
above, with the black bars narrower and less regular, and in having
the V-shaped markings of the lower parts much less distinct (never
deep black).

Types, Nos. 76,743, $ ad., Illinois, and 19,173, 9 ad., Rose-
bud Creek, Montana Terr.

In the Bulletin of the Nuttall Ornithological Club for October,
1882, p. 233, Mr. Brewster alludes to differences between specimens
of the Sharp-tailed Grouse from Fort Walla Walla, Washington
Terr., and others from eastern localities, but concludes that the dif-
ferences noted " probably have only a local significance." This
was formerly my opinion also ; but many additional specimens
subsequently received at the National Museum shoAV conclusively
that two very different styles of this bird inhabit the regions west
and east of the Rocky Mountains, respectively. P. pluxsianellus
colunibianus is represented in the collection by specimens from
Washington Territory, Oregon, Northern California, and Nev^ada,
and P. phasianellus campestris by examples from Montana (east of
the mountains). Eastern Wyoming and Colorado, Nebraska, Dakota,
and Illinois.

P phasianellus campestris is the form described and figured by

Audubon, (B. Am., v, p. 112, pi. 298,) under the name Tetrao

phasiatiellus.

II

94 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

7. Lophortyx californicus brunnescens, new subspecies.
BROWN-BACKED VALLEY QUAIL.

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Differing from true L. californicus
in much darker coloration, the upper parts being deep olive-brown
(almost clove-brown) instead of grayish olive, the stripes along inner
edge of tertial deep ochraceous instead of pale buff, and the elon-
gated feathers of the sides deep olive-brown instead of grayish olive.
Hab. Pacific coast, from San Francisco Bay north to Washington
Territory.

South of San Francisco, this strongly-marked race appears to be
replaced by the typical L californicus ; at least, specimens in the
National Museum collection from San Jose and Sta. Barbara are of
the paler form. It is true that Audubon describes and figures the
dark race, and says that the male, from which his description and
figure of that sex are taken, was " procured on the 6th of March,
1837, near Santa Barbara," but it is well known that the localities
ascribed to Townsend's specimens were, in many cases, erroneous ;
and, since he made collections near the mouth of the Columbia
River, it is very likely that the specimen in question came from the
latter locality.

It is possible that this race may have already been named, since
there are some points in the Ortyx douglassiN\gox'i, (Zool. Jour.,
iv, 1829, 354; Zool. Voy. Blossom, 1839, 27, pi. 11,) which
strongly suggest the female or full-grown young. There are, how-
ever, so many features, both in the description and figure, which
cannot be reconciled with the present bird that their actual identity
is, to say the least, very doubtful.

Types, Nos. 2,829, $ , "Santa Barbara, California," and 2,830,
9 , locality unknown ; both types of Audubon's description and
plate of" Ortix calif ornica.''

8. Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus, new subspecies.

LESSER WHITE-CRESTED CORMORANT.

Phalacrocorax dilophus albociliatus RiDGW., Cat. Aquat. and Fish-eating
Birds, 1883, p. 27 ; no description.

NEW NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS. 95

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Similar to P. dilophus floridatius,
but with the nuptial jDlumes pure white, instead of black. Similar
in coloration to P. dilophus cincinnatus, but much smaller. Hab.
Pacific coast of United States, from California (Farallone Islands)
to Cape St. Lucas ; Revillegigedo Islands, Western Mexico.

This is the small southern form of cincinnatus, being, like the
latter, distinguished by its white nuptial tufts, but differs in its
much smaller size, in which respect it agrees closely with floridanus.
P. dilophus thus may be separated into four races, the two southern
ones ( floridanus and albociiiatus) distinguished from their northern
representatives {dilophus and cincinnatus^ by smaller size alone,
while the western forms {cincinnatus and albociliatus^ appear to
differ from the eastern ones only in the color of the nuptial tufts,
which seem to be always white or much mixed with white, instead
of black with little or no admixture of white.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW AMERICAN KINGFISHER.

By Robert Ridgwav.

Read February 23, 1884, and publiKhed by permission of the Director of the U. S.

National Museum.

Ceryle superciliosa stictoptera, new subspecies.

? Chloroceryle superciliosa ScL., P. Z. S., 1864, 176, (City of Mexico.)

Ceryle superciliosa Lawr., Ann. Lye, N. Y., ix, 1S69, 204, (Sisal, Yucatan). —

(?) Id., Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 4, 1876, 3, (Isth. Tehuan-

tepec). — (?) .SuMiCH., Mem. Bost. Soc.,i, 1869, 560, (hot reg.

of Vera Cruz). — (?) Bouc, Liste Ois. ■ rec. Guat. (in Ann.

Soc, Linn. Lyon), 1878, 26.

Habitat. — Yucatan ; also, presumably, other parts of Southern
Mexico and Guatemala. (Note. — The references given above,
which are preceded by a mark of interrogation, are so designated
for the reason that specimens from the localities indicated have
not been examined.)

SuBSPECiFic CHARACTERS. — Similar to C. superciliosa, but outer
webs of secondaries conspicuously spotted with white (in three trans-
verse rows), and with the white on the rectrices much more extended.

ytj BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Of C. superciliosa {vera), the Museum possesses specimens from
Demerara, Trinidad, Isthmus of Panama, and Costa Rica. These
all have the outer webs of the secondaries either entirely im-
maculate, or else marked with very minute specks of dull fulvous.
These markings are wanting in the two Demerara examples, are
barely indicated in two from the isthmus, and are rather distinct
(though still deep fulvous in color) in the one from Costa Rica —
rendering it, therefore, probable that specimens from intermediate
points might complete the transition from one to the other. It
should be remarked, however, that the Costa Rican example (No.
64,666) is much more like South American skins than those from
Yucatan, upon which the new race (possibly species) is based.

Types, Nos. 39,297, $, and 39,206, 9, Sisal, Yucatan, May,
1865; Dr. A. Schott.

NOTE ON PSALTRIPARUS GRIND^E, BELDING.
Bv Robert Ridgway.

(Read February 23, 1884.)

In my description of this species, on p. 155, vol. 6, of the Pro-
ceedings of the United States National Museum, I inadvertently
made an erroneous comparison between this species and P. nie-
/««6'//.y, as follows : "From the latter [P. plumbeiis\ it differs in
much whiter throat and decidedly clearer, more bluish, shade of the
upper parts, in both of which respects there is a close resemblance
to P. 7?iela?iotis.'" I wrote from memory, not having a specimen
of P. inelanotis before me at the time. Upon actual comparison I
now find that while the statement is essentially correct so far as the
coloration of the lower parts is concerned, I was greatly in error re-
garding the coloration of the upper parts. The difference is very
great, P. inelanotis having the pileum and nape fine light plumbe-
ous-gray, exactly like the back of P. grindcB, while the back, etc.,
are bright brownish drab, much like the pileum and nape of/*.
ipindcB, only more olivaceous. The relative position of the two
colors is, in fact, exactly reversed in the two species.

NEW BIRDS FROM KAMTSCHATKA. 97

NOTE ON THE GENERIC NAME CALODROIVIAS.
By Robert Ridgway.

(Read February 23, 1884 )

In 1873 (" Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium," p. 156),
Messrs. Sclater and Salvin proposed the name Calodromas for En-
dromia elegans, Lafr. & D'Orb. This name, however, is preoccu-
pied, having been given to a genus of Coleoptera by Goudot, in
1832 (Rev. et Mag. de Zool.) I therefore propose as a substitute
Calopezus (xaXi'i^ z=: pidcher, ize'^o'i ■=. pedestris.^

DIAGNOSES OF NEW SPECIES OF BIRDS FROM KAMT-
SCHATKA AND THE COMMANDER ISLANDS.

By Leonhard Stejneger.

Read February 23, 1884, and published by permipsion of the Director of the U. S.

National Museum.

1. Pica camtschatica, new species.

Diagnosis. — Larger than P. caudata and with longer bill ; inner
webs of the longest primaries white to the extreme tip ; feathers of
the throat black to the base.

$ $ : Total length, 525 mm.; wing, 218 mm.; tail f., 279 mm.;
expos, culmen, 35 mm.

Hab. — Kamtschatka.

Types. — Nos. 89,144; 92,695, and 92,698, U. S. Nat. Mus.

2. Corvus grebnitskii, new species.

Diagnosis. — Nearly allied to Corvus corax, from which it differs
in having the fourth and fifth primaries longest, and the latter de-
cidedly longer than the second.

^: Total length, 715 mm.; wing, 460 mm.; tail f., 255 mm.

9 : Total length. 660 mm.; wing, 426 mm.; tail f., 235 mm.

Hab. — Commander Islands, Bering Sea.

Types. — Nos. 92,759 and 92,760, U. S. Nat. Mus.

98 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

3. Alauda blakistoni, new species.

Diagnosis. — Like Alaicda japonica in the rusty tinge and the
dark blackish brown scapulars and interscapulars, but differing in
being larger and having a stronger and larger bill. The hind neck
rusty colored, only dotted with small dark spots, forming a light
collar between the strongly marked pileum and the dark color
of the upper back.

$ $ : Total length, 187 mm.; wing, 116 mm.; tail f., 72 mm.;
exp. culm., 13 mm.

9 $ : Total length, 186 mm.; wing, 109 mm.; tail f., 70 mm.;
exp. culm., 12 mm.

Hab. — Kamtschatka and Bering Island.

Types. — Nos. 92,658 and 92,660, U. S. Nat. Mus.

4. Dendrocopos immaculatus, new species.

Diagnosis. — Similar to D. pipra, but with unspotted white under
tail-coverts, and the outer rectrices pure white, without dark cross-
bars, or only with trace of a single bar ; white bars on the wing
broader ; malar stripe narrow, broken, dusky, but not black.

$ : Total length, 167 mm.; wing, 97 mm.; tail f., 61 mm.; exp.
culm., 18 mm.

Hab. — Kamtschatka.

Type. — No. 92,700, U. S. Nat. Mus.

Remarks. — This x?, Picus kamtschatkensis of Taczanowski (1882),
but not of Bonaparte (1854), whose type specimen came from
Okotsk, a7id not from Kamtschatka Bonaparte's bird is, in every
respect, a typical D. pipra and the name P. kamischatkensis conse-
quently an unconditional synonym of the Siberian form.

5. Lagcpus ridgwayi, new species.

Diagnosis : ^ ^ , in summer-plumage, above brownish black with
dark ferruginous brown cross-bars and mottlings, but without any
trace of white, whitish, and grayish edgings or barrings ; first
summer-plumage with blackish jugulum as in L. muta \ bill longer

NEW BIRDS FROM KAMTSCHATKA.

99

and stouter than in the latter form ; abdomen blackish in the per-
fect summer-plumage.

^ $ : Total length, 382-411; wing, 187-201; tail f., 102-112;
bill from nostr., 10-12 mm.

9 $: Total length, 357-384; wing, 179-189; tail f., 89-110;
bill from nostr., 9.3-10.5 mm.

Hab. — Commander Islands.

Types. — U. S. Nat. Mus., Nos. 89,059; 89,062; 92,716; 92,709;
89,057 ; 92,712.

DIAGNOSES OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF FISHES FROM
THE GULF OF MEXICO.

ByTarleton H. Bean, M. D., and H. G. Dresel, Ensign, U. S. N.

Read February 23, 1884, and published by permission of the Director of the U. S.

National Museum.

The writers are preparing descriptions of all the fishes of the
Gulf of Mexico represented in the collections of the United States
National Museum, to form a bulletin of the Museum. As consider-
able time must elapse before the material can be ready for the press,
they present here brief diagnoses of some of the new species in ad-
vance of the complete publication.

Siphostoma crinigerum, new species.

The types of this species are two males. No. 33,173, taken at
Pensacola, by Jordan and Stearns. The species is closely related
to S. crinitus (Jenyns), a species inhabiting the coast of Northern
Patagonia.

The snout is very short, less than yi length of head. Eye, 5
times in length of head. Head nearly 11 times in total length to
caudal base. Height of body, half length of head. Length of
marsupium is 4 times in the total to caudal base. Dorsal of 16 or
17 rays. Body rings 15 ; caudal rings 38 cr 39. Dorsal fin above
the first 3^ to 4 caudal rings. The marsupium occupies 17 caudal

100 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

rings. Minute filaments above the eyes, and apparently along the
sides of the body.

Phycis floridanus, new species.

The type of the species is No. 32,762, taken by Silas Stearns at
Pensacola. It is about yj^ inches long. In general appearance it
resembles jP. regius, differing from this in its smaller scales, and
more numerous dorsal rays. The greatest height is one-fifth of the
total length to caudal base, and equals four-fifths of the length of
head. Head 4 times in length to caudal base. Eye slightly less
than snout, 5 times in length of head. Maxilla slightly less than
mandible, one-half length of head. First dorsal not produced.
Ventral about five-fourths length of head. Pectoral equal to head
in length. Dorsal XIII, 57 ; Anal 49. Scales between first dorsal
and lateral line in nine or ten rows ; about 1 20 scales in the lateral

line.

Ophichthys guttifer, new species.

The type of the species numbered 32,647 in the National Mu-
seum register is 22^ inches in length. It resembles O. ocellatus
(Le Sueur) very closely, but the differences from that species are
so important that we cannot consider them sexual.

The greatest height of body equals the distance from the angle
of the mouth to the tip of the snout. The dorsal fin begins at a
distance behind the vertical from tip of pectoral equal to length of
the snout. The length of the pectoral is nearly 3^^ times in length
of the head. The head is y^ of the total length, ^ of the trunk.
Eye i^ times in length of snout, 9 times in that of head.
Twenty-one or twenty-two small white spots along the median line.

A REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN CROSSBILLS (LOXIA)
OF THE L. CURVIROSTRA TYPE.

By Robert Ridgway.

Read March 8, 1884, and pribli.shed by permission of the Director of the U. S.

National Museum.

Having long suspected the existence of two forms of the Red
Crossbill in the United States, besides the Mexican race (Z. mex-
icana Strickl.) which occurs just within our borders in Southern
Arizona (and perhaps also in New Mexico), I was not surprised
to find this conviction fully confirmed by a fine series of speci-
mens presented to the National Museum by Captain Chas. E. Ben-
dire, U. S. A., and obtained by him at Fort Klamath, Oregon,
during the winter of 1882-83. The form under consideration being
unquestionably distinct from both L. amcricana and L. mcxicana,
as well as from the several Palrearctic races, and being, so far as I
am able to discover, unnamed, I take great pleasure in dedicating
it to Captain Bendire as a slight recognition of his very valuable
services to North American ornithology.

I am at present inclined to consider all the Red Crossbills that
I have seen, from whatever country, as races of Loxia curvirostra
Linn. ; and therefore must prefer for the bird under consideration
a trinomial designation, as follows:

Loxia curvirostra bendirei.
bendire's crossbill.

Loxia amei'icana (part) Baird, B. N. Am., 1858, 426.

Curvirostra americana (part) Cooper, Orn. Cal., i, 1870, 148.

Loxia curvirostra var. americana Hensh., Rep. Orn. Wheeler's Exp. 1873
(1874), 79 (Ft. Garland, Colorado).— (?) Bendire, Proc. Bost. Soc. N.
H., xix, 1877, 116 (Camp Harney, Oregon, in winter).

Loxia curvirostra var. mexicana RiDGW., Bull. Essex Inst., v, Nov., 1873, iSl,
189 (Colorado).

Loxia curvirostra mexicana MiNOT, Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, v, 1880, 229 (Colo-
rado).

Loxia curvirostra bendirei RiDGW., MS.

lOI

102 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON,

Habitat. — Chiefly the western mountain regions of the United
States, from Colorado to Oregon and California; in winter, not
uncommon in Eastern United States (Massachusetts, Maryland,
etc).

SuBSPECiFic Characters. — Differing from L. ciirvirostra ameri-
cana in decidedly larger size. $ : wing, 3.55-3.80 (average, 3.68) ;
tail, 2.20-2.45(2.34); culmen, .65-. 78 (.71) ; depth of bill, .40-. 45
(.42); gonys, .42-50 (.47); tarsus, .62-.72 (.67); middle toe,
.50-.60 (.57). 9: wing, 3.40-3.60(3.50); tail, 2.20-2.30(2.23);
culmen, .65- 70 (.67; ; depth of bill, .35-40 ( .39); gonys, .40-.55
(.46); tarsus, .60-. 69 (.66); middle toe, .55-.58 (.56).

This race is about as much smaller than Z. cm'virostra mexicana
as it is larger than americana. In fiict, it may be considered as
being about intermediate, so far as size is concerned. Compared
with the L. ciirvirostra, it is found to differ in the following re-
spects: (i) much brighter coloration ; (2) shorter wing and tail;
(3) shorter culmen combined with longer gonys, the mandible
being proportionally stronger ; and (4) more slender bill. Z. ciir-
virostra mexicana has the mandible still stouter, compared with the
maxilla, and is, besides, much larger in all its measurements.

There is so little uniformity in coloration in the various races of
this species that color alone is of little value as a race character. In
the series of the present form, upon which these remarks are based,
there are specimens which agree minutely in colors with examples of
both mexicana and americana. In foct, it seems that fiill-phnnaged
specimens of the three American races are constantly much brighter
than the two European forms (Z. ciirvirostra and Z. curvirostra pityo-
psittacus), although it should be stated that, with one exception, the
males of the latter which have been examined are mounted mu-
seum specimens, and possibly much faded. However this may be,
they certainly do not approach in richness of plumage American
specimens of average intensity of coloration. There are two speci-
mens, however, in the series before me which differ considerably
from others in the tint of the red, which, on the lower parts, is of a

REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN CROSSBILLS. 103

purplish cast, much like a dikite tint of "Ruben's madder," the
middle of the belly and the anal region foding into white. These
specimens are Nos. 94,877 and 94,887, from Fort Klamath, Oregon,
December 11, 1882, (Capt. Bendire, coll.), and resemble so closely
two adult males from northern Japan (Nos. 91,432 and 9i,433' Tate-
Yama, P. L. Jouy, coll.), as to be distinguished only with great diffi-
culty. Taking, however, No. 94,877, in which the resemblance to
the Japanese birds is closest, and comparing with both the latter,
the following differences are observable : The upper parts are de-
cidedly darker, the pileum in the Japanese specimens being of the
same pale purplish red as the color of the breast, while the brighter
color of the rump corresponds closely to that of the flanks. In
the Fort Klamath specimen, on the other hand, the pileum is much
darker than the breast (being nearly the same color as the back),
while the red of the rump is very much more intense than that on
the flanks.

Three females from Japan are, however, practically indistinguish-
able from as many of the same sex from eastern Oregon (Fort
Klamath, December, 1882, Capt. Bendire). In fact, were it not
for the difference of habitat, these female Japanese Crossbills might
well be regarded as identical with the larger North American form.^

*The Japanese Crossbill has been referred to L. albiventris Swinhoe, but the
description (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 437) indicates a bird " like in color
to L. ciirvirostra, but differing from all the known species in having the abdo-
men and under tail-coverts white, tlie latter with large central arrow-head brown
spots. Under quills, whitish. Length 6 inches ; wing 3f; tail 2; tip of wing
to end of tail, 6. Iris brown ; bill brown, light horn-color along the tomia. Legs,
toes, and claws blackish brown, washed with pink on the soles." Habitat, south-
eastern China. Should the phrase " like in color to L. airvirostra" be correct,
the Crossbill of middle Japan certainly is not identical with that of China, for the
Japanese specimens, both male and female, which I have examined are far more like
Z. ctii-virostra bendirei than L. cui-virostra {vera). At any rate, even should
they prove on comparison to be the same, the name L. albiveittris is pre-occu-
pied, having been bestowed in 1804 by Hermann (Obs. Zool., p. 205) upon a
■ species of Munia. Regarding the Japanese birds as distinct from L. atrvirostra
proper (and leaving the question of their relationship to the Chinese bird in
abeyance), it becomes necessary to give them a new name. I therefore propose
to call them —

Loxia CKvvirostra japonica NOBIS. SUBSPECIFIC CHARACTERS. — Differing

104

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

In connection with the present subject, some remarks upon the
other races of L. curvirostra (or supposed to be referable to that
species) may not be unacceptable, the observations in question
being based chiefly on specimens contained in the National Mu-
seum collection.

L. curvirostra pity opsittacus. — There are before me two adult males
and one adult female of this robust species or race. These resemble
most nearly, among the American forms, L. mexicana, but are
decidedly larger in all their measurements, the bill especially being
much higher ; the mandible is broader at the base, though propor-
tionally much shorter. The colors are similar but not so bright.
The measurements of this form, as compared with L. mexicana
and L. curvirostra, its nearest allies, are given in a table at the end
of this article.

In Yarrell's " History of British Birds," fourth ed., part xi, page
210, the comparative measurements of L. pityopsittaciis and L. cur-
virostra, apparently quoted from Dresser's " Birds of Europe," are
given, in substance, as follovvs :

.-H

^

-■

^

C5

s

60

0 ^

C

C8

0

3

0

.s^

c«

-:

■Jl

s

tCrt

-d

0

^

^

C3

3
0

W

^

L. pityopsittaeus

6.30-7.00

4.00-4.30

2.70-2.80

.75

.90

.60

.50

L. curvirostra .....

5.70-G.OO

3.70-3.90

2.50-2.70

.G0-.G5

.75-.85

.50

.37-.40

from L. curvirostra {vera) in having the red of a fine rosy or madder-lake tint,
the dimensions somewhat smaller. Female much grayer than that of curvirostra.
Dimensions. — (j^: wing3. 60-380 (3.70) ; tail 2.30-2.40 (2.35) ; culmen.70; depth
of bill .45-.48 (.46) ; gonys .45-.48 (.46) ; tarsus .65-. 70 (.67) ; middle toe .60.
?: wing 3.60-3.70 (3.66) ; tail 2.20-2.35 (2.28) ; culmen .68-. 70 (.69) ; depth
of bill .42-. 45 (.44); gonys .45-49 (.46); tarsus .65-. 70 (.68); middle toe

■57--58.

Note. — Since the above was written, specimens of a red crossbill have been
received at the -National Museum from Ilakodadi (Nos. 91,386,^5^ ad., Feb.,
and 91,387, 9 ^d., Feb.), which are in every respect similar to European ex-
amples of Z. curvirostra. It would therefore appear that while the form inhab-
iting the middle or main island of Japan is a distinct local race, that found in the
northern island is identical with the European race.

REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN CROSSBILLS. 105

L. curvirostra {vefd). — Of this species or race I have for com-
parison only three adult males and two adult females. There is
not the slightest difficulty in distinguishing any of these examples
from L. pityopsittacus, or from any of the numerous American
specimens. As to the latter, the resemblance of L. curvirostra is
far nearest to Z. mexicana ; but the latter has a much more in-
tensely red coloration, has the wing and tail (on the average) de-
cidedly longer, and the mandible decidedly longer and stouter,
both absolutely and in proportion to the upper mandible.

L. cunnrostra americana. — When Wilson characterized his '^Cur-
virostra americana,'' he thus separated a North American Crossbill
differing from the common European species (Z. cinvi rostra), among
other characters, in " being nearly one-third less." This statement
of the difference in size is certainly not exaggerated. Of this form —
which is the prevailing one in northern and eastern North Amer-
ica— I have examined in this connection twenty-four males, and
twenty-three females. The characters presented by this series are
very uniform, scarcely a single specimen being sufficiently larger
than the average to render its position doubtful.

Compared with the provokingly small series of Z. pityopsittacus
and Z. curvirostra which is available for the purpose, all the full-
plumaged males of Z. americana are decidedly brighter in colora-
tion.* There is, however, much individual variation in color.

The brightest colored examples are Nos. 83,368, District of Co-
lumbia (spring of 1864; C. Drexler), and 78,186, Santa Cruz, Cali-
fornia (W. A. Cooper), which are much alike, except that the
former has the centre of the abdomen, hinder flanks, and anal
region a rather deep, dull, grayish brown tinged with red, whereas
in the latter these parts are dull grayish white. Both have the red
of a deep "dragon's-blood" tint above, deepening on the head
into a tint intermediate between " Indian-red " and crimson (but

*It is true that this is directly contrary to the experience of Messrs. Sharpe and
Dresser, who state (Birds of Europe, pt. xiv) that "the adult male is generally
duller than L. curvirostra, the red approaching to dirty orange;" but their obser-
vation was evidently based upon specimens not in perfect plumage.

10(3

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

much nearer the former), the rump much brighter, and inclining
to clear, dull vermilion. The lower parts are bright "dragon's-
blood-red," with a tinge of crimson. The wings are dark sepia-
brown, the feathers very indistinctly edged with dull reddish-brown.

No. 83,366, from Utica, New York (winter of 1869; J. Davis),
is very similar, but the red is somewhat lighter, inclining more to
a dull vermilion shade. The centre of the abdomen adjoining the
anal region is dull grayish white.

The darkest colored example is No. 86,893, Garrison's, New York
(Dec. 30, 1874; T. Roosevelt), in which the red is of a dark
madder-brown cast, the rump more brilliant, or of a dark brownish
vermilion tint. The wings and tail are uniform dark sepia, without
reddish edgings; the scapulars uniform dark sepia, and the back
similar, but strongly tinged with dark red.

No. 93,630, from Arizona, has the red very brilliant, the whole
pileum and nape, rump and lower parts being dull scarlet.

There is, in fact, so much individual variation in color that
scarcely two specimens are closely alike.

The following measurements represent the averages of all the
adult specimens of the several races which I have been able to
examine. The males and females are given separately ; and it will
be noticed Xh^i pityopsittacus and americana represent the extremes
of size, the others being intermediate in the order given. Z.
himalayana Hodgs. is said to be smaller than americana, but I
have seen no specimens.

Males.

11.

^^

Xi

c ^

'.M

<u

■^ ""

wi

:

S

0
.a
0^

S2

0

^

ri

3

0

i>

ri

■ —

3 Oh

H

U

0

Q

t-t

S

g -

L. pityopsittacus _

4.10

2.60

.92

.60

.60

•75

2

" mexicana

3-99

2.54

.78

•53

•49

.70

•63

8

" curvirostra

3-««

2.48

•79

.46

.48

.68

•55

3

" japonica

3-70

2-35

.70

.46

.46

.67

.60

2

" bendirei

3-(>«

2.34

•71

•47

.42

.67

•57

21

" americana

l-Z'&

2.12

.60

.41

•35

.62

•53

24

NOTE ON THE ANAS HYPERBOREUS.
Females.

107

L.

pityopsittacus

mexicana

curvirostra __

japonica

bendirei

ameiicana

3-9°

2.6o

•75

.50

•58

3-75

2-35

■71

•49

•45

.70

3-66

2.28

.68

.46

•44

.68

■57

3-50

2.23

.67

.46

•39

.66

.56

3-31

2.08

•59

■44

'11

.63

•52

(None.)
2

3
II

23

Note. — Since the above was written, Mr. \Vm. Palmer has kindly loaned me
for examination three adult males and two females, obtained at Escanaba, Michi-
gan, in June, 1883. These all belong to americana, and doubtless represent
the form which breeds in that region.

NOTE ON THE ANAS HYPERBOREUS, PALL., AND

ANSER ALBATUS, CASS.

By Robert Ridgway.

(Read March 8, 1884.)

While there can be no doubt that Mr. Cassin did right in sepa-
rating the smaller North American Snow Geese from the larger
ones, it is very evident that he committed an error in giving the
smaller form a new name. Pallas' s Anas hyperboreics was based
upon the birds of this species occurring in eastern Siberia ; and on
referring to his description it is perfectly clear that the Siberian
specimens are identical with those from Alaska and other western
portions of North America, which represent the so-called "■A.
albaiiis'^ of Cassin. This smaller form of the Snow Goose is not
only the typical race, but has by far the most extensive distribu-
tion, so far, at least, as the United States are concerned, and is
decidedly the more common one in most collections.* The larger
race is the Anas nivalis of Forster (Philos. Trans., Ixii, 1772, p.
413), and may therefore be called Chen (or Anser^ liyperboreus
nivalis (Forst). The habitat of this large race is the region about
Hudson's Bay (the breeding grounds unknown, however), and
southward in winter chiefly along the Atlantic coast of the United

*The National Museum possesses only three specimens of the larger form, but
has received at least ten times that number of the smaller race.

108 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

States. The smaller form, or true hyperboreus, breeds along the
arctic coast, from northern Alaska eastward for an undetermined
distance, but at least to the mouth of the McKenzie river; and
throughout this extent of coast-line, and thence southward over the
whole western portion of the continent, entirely replaces the larger
bird.

As to the distinctive characters of the two races, I would remark
that, while the length of the wing is by no means decisive (the
maximum of hyperboreus being about 17.50 inches, and the mini-
mum of nivalis 17.00 !), nivalis always has a much larger bill, the
culmen in adults of this form measuring from 2.50 to 2.65, and
the length of the bill from tij) to point of the basal angles, 3.00 to
3.12, the corresponding measurements of /y'/'^;'<5<?r^«i" being only
1.95 to 2.28 and 2.50, or less, to 2.75.

REMARKS ON THE TYPE SPECIMENS OF MUSCICAPA
FULVIFRONS, GIRAUD, AND MITREPHORUS PALLES-
CENS, COUES.

By Robert Ridgway.

(Read March 8, 1884.)

In the " Nomenclature of North American Birds " (p. 32, Nos.
329 and 329«), I have included, as two races of one species, an
'^Empidonax fulvifrons (Giraud) Scl.," and an E. fiilvifrons pal-
lescens Coues. " This I did under the impression, based upon
previous examination of the type specimens, that they were in
reality sufficiently distinct to justify subspecific separation. Having
recently had the matter brought to mind in another connection, I
have re-examined the types in question, together with other mate-
rial, and have thereby come to the following conclusions: (i)
that E. pallescens is a decidedly smaller, lighter, or grayer colored
western race, restricted to the western side of the Rocky Moun-
tains, in Arizona and New Mexico, and probably portions of
western Mexico also, although I have not seen specimens from

MUSCICAPA FULVIFE.ONS.

109

south of the United States boundary ; (2) that E. fidvifrons proper
belongs to the country on the eastern side of the Rocky Mountains,
the National Museum possessing the original type specimen, stated
by Giraud to have come from Texas ; (3) that in southern Mexico a
third race exists, which agrees with pallescens in smaller size, but
differs in decidedly deeper, richer coloration. The latter is the
Empidonax rubicundus Cab. (Mus. Hein., ii, p. 70), but, being
unquestionably conspecific with E . fidvifrons , should, in accordance
with more modern usage, be called E. fidvifrons rubicundus (Cab.).
We have, therefore, three geographical races of this species : the
\.y\f\izdX fidvifrons (Gir.) of " Texas " (and probably northeastern
Mexico also), the E. fidvifrons rubicundus (Cab.) of southern Mex-
ico, and E. fidvifrons pallescens (Coues) of southern Arizona and
western New Mexico, and, probably, western Mexico.

I subjoin measurements of the adult specimens now before me,
including two (from EI Moro, New Mexico) which have the
plumage much abraded.

a. E. fidvifrons (Giraud).

47691

-ad.

" Texas '

,

,

0

:/)

to

£

3
in

^

U

^

2.70

2.45

•35

.21

o

.60^

* Type of the species.

b. E. fidvifrons pallescens (Coues).

40601
40602

68603
68604

9"

Ft. Whipple, Ariz

Apache, Ariz

El Moro, New Mex.

2.20

1-95

•35

.20

2.25

2.00

•37

.22

2.40

2.10

•37

.20

2.45

2.10

•3«

.20

2.40

2.15

•35

.21

52-

5it

55

60

55

12

*Type of Mitrepkorus pallescens Coues.
t Ibid.

no

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.
c. E. fulvifrons rubiciPidus (Cab).

32914

J^ad.

" Mexique "

2-35

1.90

•37

.20

•52

It may be seen from the above measurements that there is much
variation in dimensions m E. fulvi/rons pallescens, from which we
may reasonably infer that the same would be the case in the other
races were an equal number of specimens measured. The colora-
tion, however, is very uniform, none of the specimens oi pallescens
(and there are several young birds which are not measured) showing
any approach to ft\\.\\Qx fulvifrons or rubicundiis.'^

True E. fulvifrons is of a peculiar shade of dull ochraceous-buff
beneath, the throat and belly slightly paler, but not at all inclining
to white ; the upper parts are light dull brown, very slightly darker
and duller on the pileum and lighter on the rump. E. pallescens
is light yellowish ochraceous on the breast and sides, with the throat
and belly inclining to yellowish white, and the upper parts are de-
cidedly grayer than xxv fulvifrons. E. rulnct/ndus is bright ochraceous
beneath, the belly light creamy yellow, the throat buffy whitish,
and the upper parts decidedly fulvous-brown.

NOTE REGARDING THE EARLIEST NAME FOR CAR-

PODACUS H^MORRHOUS (WAGLER).

By Robert Ridgway.

(Read March 8, 1884.^

A reference to plate 3S6 of Buffon's " Planches Enluminures "

shows that figure 1 depicted thereon is intended to represent an

adult male of the Mexican House Finch in abnormal plumage, or

having the usual red color replaced by yellow — a variation not

* An additional series from New Mexico and Arizona, which, through the
courtesy of Mr. H. W. Henshaw, I have recently been permitted to examine,
fully confirms the validity of pallescens, none of the twelve specimens showing
a nearer approach to fulvifrons than is exhibited by the specimens previously
inspected.

ALASKAN HYDROCORALLIN^. Ill

uncommon among caged birds of this and allied species, and some-
times seen in wild specimens. This figure is the basis of Frin-
gilla mexicana Muller (Syst. Nat. Suppl., 1776, p. 165), and also
of Emberiza mexicana Bodd. (Tabl. P. E., 1783, p. 23). This
bird must, therefore, be called Carpodacus mexicanus (Miill.), or,
should intergradation with C. frontalis be proven, C. frontalis mexi-
canus (Miill.).

ON SOME HYDROCORALLINyE FROM ALASKA AND

CALIFORNIA.
By W. H. Ball.

(Read March 22, 1884.)

The descriptions herewith, with one exception, are of species
from an area from which none have hitherto been described.*
They are closely allied to species found in the Oregonian and Cal-
ifornian province described by Prof. Verrill, but have been, by his
kind assistance, compared with his types, and appear to him and to
myself to be distinct species, differing not only in habit and form,
as well as relative size of the calyces, but especially in the sculp-
ture and texture of the surface of the corallum. It is quite proba-
ble that the other species may hereafter be found in southeastern
Alaska, in which case the fauna would comprise —

AUopora venusta Verrill ; Allopora VerriUii Ball ; Allopora cali-
f omit a Verrill ; Allopora Moseleyi Ball ; Allopora papulosa Ball.

To complete the list of Alaskan coralloid animals, Calligorgia
compressa of Verrill may be added, as found in the Aleutian Islands,
the only representative of the sea-fans yet known from the region,
which is, however, extremely rich in Sertularian hydroids.

Allopora Verrillii, n. s.
Ccenosteum thin, reptate, whitish to pale rose pink, solid, en-
crusting ; with a smoothish irregularly lumpy surface pretty regu-

*A Stylaster rosso-americanus Brandt has been mentioned (Z. "Wiss. Zool.,
x.vii, 292), but has never been described or figured. It may be an additional
species.

112 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

larly dotted with sporadic calyces, composed of circular gastro-
pores, each surrounded by a circle of five to nine dactylopores, with
occasional sac-shaped ampulla, which are most abundant on the
most elevated projections of the surface, and almost entirely absent
from depressed parts. Diameter of the dactyloporic circle about
i.o""™. ; of the central gastropore about 0.37™™. ; the distance from
center to center of the calyces varies from 1.5 to 2.5°"".

Gastropores, cup-shaped, shallow (0.25-0.50"™.), smooth inside,
with the tip of a white spiculose nipple-shaped, or roundly conical
style in the bottom of each, projecting about its own diameter or
less into the cup through the aperture of a long nearly vertical
conical tube which it occupies and closely fills. The length of
this style, which resembles a fox's brush, is nearly equal to the
thickness of the coenosteum. The margin of the cup in fully de-
veloped gastropores is simple and entire, and depressed slightly
below (or in no case elevated above) the general surface. In im-
mature calyces there is frequently a shallow groove running from
the innermost point of each dactylopore toward or into the gastro-
pore.

Dactylopores variable in number, eight seeming to be the normal,
but seven the most common number, never sporadic, in well-de-
veloped calyces entirely separated from the cavity of the gastropore
throughout their extent ; in immature ones joined to it by a shallow
superficial groove. Transverse section a little ovoid, the wider arch
away from the gastropore, and marked by a vertical, narrow, spongy
lamina forming the style.. The exterior margin simple, not elevated
above the general surface, but rather slightly depressed below it.
Neither sort of pore shows tabulre. Ampulla, simple sac-shaped
cavities as large as, or larger than, the calyces, not protruding above
the general surface, but more numerous on the prominences of the
crust.

General surface between the above-described openings imper-
vious, nearly smooth, with the vermicular fine reticulations of the
coenosteum structure showing through the translucent substance,
and giving the surface a granular look, a vertical section of the crust

ALASKAN HYDEOCORALLIN^. 11

o

looking much the same. Soft parts unknown. Crust growing several
inches in diameter, and rarely more than three-eighths of an inch
in thickness, generally found on dead shells of Modiola or pieces of
nullipore from deep water. Habitat : thrown up on beach of
Chika Islands, Akutan Pass, Aleutian Islands, near Unalashka —
five specimens collected May, 1872, by W. H. Dall. Catalogue
number, U. S. Nat. Museum, 4193.

AUopora Moseleyi, n. s.

Coenosteum thick, nodulous or indistinctly branched, rosy pink,
solid, with an irregular vesicular surface with sporadically dis-
tributed protuberant calyces, consisting of subcircular gastropores
deeply vertically grooved near their margins by seven to twelve
dactylopores whose cavities are continuous with the cavity of the
gastropore. Ampulte not observed. Diameter of the dactylo-
poric circle about 1.5°"". ; of the gastropore proper 0.75°"". Gas-
tropores rather deeply (0.50-0.75""".) cup-shaped, with the inner
surface spiculose ; style as in tlie preceding ; margin of the pore
deeply indented by the dactylopores, which are usually nine in
number, but appear to be normally twelve ; the whole calyx pro-
jecting, nipple-like, about 0.5-0 6™". from the general surface ; re-
calling, in form, a small contracted Zoanthus. A spiculose lamellar
style appears in the depth of each dactyloporic groove on careful
search. The grooves appear to remain always open.

General surface impervious, covered between the raised calyces
by small irregular sparse vesicular projections of the coenosteum,
otherwise in appearance and compactness much as in the previously
mentioned form. Soft parts unknown. Habitat : Kyska Harbor,
Kyska Island, in the western Aleutians, one specimen on the beach
growing in a cavity between the layers of a mass of nullipore, col-
lected July, 1873, by W. H. Dall. Museum number, 6851.

Allopora papillosa, n. s.
Coenosteum very thin, encrusting, livid madder-pink or brown,
with a regularly papillose surface, with close set sporadic calyces

114 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

composed of deep cylindrical gastropores vertically grooved for
three to six dactylopores, which are wholly continuous with the
cavity of the gastropore. Ampullge not noticed. Diameter of the
calyx about 0.5™"., of the gastropore proper about 0.35™". ; average
distance between the calyces, 0.7-1.3"™.

Gastropores deep, cylindrical, with a short, hardly perceptible
style, which comes into the bottom of the gastropore, but, as a ver-
tical section shows, not vertically but obliquely from one side.
Inner surface nearly smooth, a narrow elevated ridge bounding the
margin of the combined gastropores and dactylopores.

Dactyloporic grooves rather shallow, long, each with an evanes-
cent trace of a style on the outer wall ; six seems to be the normal
number to each calyx.

General surface spiculose or finely granulated with small, pointed
granules, with regularly-shaped, elevated, uniform papilla stand-
ing in the spaces between the pore margins, and rising to about
the same height, but absent on the immature growing margin of
the colony.

Coenosteum less vesicular than in the previously-described forms.
Soft parts unknown. Habitat : on the outside of a living Myiilus
californianus, from six fathoms. Coal Harbor, Unga Island, Shuma-
gin Islands; collected October, 1S74, by W. H. Dall. Museum
number, 6852.

Errina Pourtalesii,

n. s.

Coenosteum of a saccharine structure, rising in stout, subcylin-.
drical, rather round-pointed, occasionally branching stems ten to
fifty millimeters high (possibly much larger at times), and eight or
more in diameter ; color, when fresh, deep rose-red, bleaching to
white or gray in dead specimens ; surface loosely granular, becom-
ing lighter colored and more compact inward toward the central
axis; gastropores disposed in irregular lines, which, in the specimen
in hand, have a tendency to run from the base spirally to the left,
around the column, but are so crowded that little of the surface is
free from the nariform hoods of the attendant dactylopores; the

ALASKAN HYDROCORALLIN^. 115

gastropores average 0.25""". apart, but are rather irregular and
occasionally sporadic, a rounded, rather smooth-topped style fills
the pore nearly to the brim ; the dactylopores are arranged alter-
nately on opposite sides of the row of gastropores opposite the
intervals between the latter, though sometimes crowded out of
regularity ; they are furnished with subtubular projections, squarely
truncated at the top and open toward the gastropores, rising above
the general surface to about 0.5"". or more ; when perfect the styles
rise nearly to the summit of the enclosing hood, slender, pointed,
and rather feathery ; two-thirds of their length, in general, is above
the surface, and the depth of the gastropores is seldom greater (as
a rule less) than that of the submerged portion of the others. Am-
pullae on the surface, barely covered by a net-work of coenosteal
granules, which are often broken away, leaving shallow open cups
between the projecting hoods ; there are no scales, and the circular
margin of the gastropores is smooth and simple.

Soft parts unknown.

Habitat: in 50-100 fathoms about the Farallones Islands, off the
coast of California, on stones which are frequently brought up on
the fishermen's hooks entangled in the corals. A large stone with
several specimens upon it was obtained by Count Pourtales in 1873,
and is now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Cambridge,
from which the specimen described was selected; other specimens
are in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. This
coral, as well as AUopora venusta and A. californica Verrill, meet
with a ready sale in San Francisco, owing to their beautiful color,
which, however, is not lasting if the specimens be much exposed
to the light. The present species seems to do a good deal toward
bridging the gap between Errina and Distichopora, as defined by
Moseley. Museum number, 6853.

I may add, in conclusion, that through the kind co-operation of
Prof. G. O. Sars and Miss Birgithe Esmark, I have been enabled
to compare the Alaskan and Norwegian Alloporas, which, however,
do not present any very marked points of resemblance outside of
the generic characters.

116 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

f

SOME RESULTS BY MASSAGE ET CONTRE-COUP.

By W. S. Barnard, Ph. D.

Abstract of a communication made December 28th, 1883.

The application of jarring, somewhat stunning, blows in exceed-
ingly rapid succession through a cushioned or elastic medium, to the
head in particular directions at certain points of the cranium and
face have been found in my experimentation to be simple means of
producing local effects on the brain for the treatment of impaired
circulation causing headache, &c. ; also touches of what I denomi-
nate mechanical anaesthesia, and mechanical ataxy of local and
transient character were similarly obtained. By making the blows
very rapidly and through the deadening medium, they need not be
so hard as would be the force of a single blow strong enough to
cause a stunning effect, and the continuance .of the effect is gained
by the repetition of strokes in rapid succession. The fleshy por-
tion of the hand was used for applying the strokes, and any elastic
pounder answers. The speaker has been stunned by a single blow
from a rubber ball, and quickly regained his senses without any
noteworthy suffering, and has witnessed like cases of stunning with
little pain from single strokes by boxing gloves. Similar examples,
not uncommon, sustain the reality of mechanical anaesthesia and
mechanical ataxy. By applying the rapid blows to parts of the
head, temporary locomotor ataxy was experimentally generated
while walking. The blows repeated as rapidly as possible are made
harder and harder until with sufficient force shown by the effects
instantly resulting as follows, but the blows must l)e hard enough to
overcome voluntary effort ; their application in a crosswise direc-
tion against the side of the chin caused turning and falling toward
the blows, but similarly applied on the same side against the cra-
nium at a region far backward but upward from the ear caused fall-

PROCEEDINGS. 117

ing and turning in a contrary manner toward the opposite side.
The blows against the chin on one side yielded the same effect as
if against the occiput on the other side. The transmission of
violence from one side of the chin to the opposite side of the upper,
back portion of the brain was named and explained as rotary trans-
mission and delivery, viewing the head mechanically as a two-armed
hollowlever and as an irregular wheel on the vertebral axis, the chin
terminating one lever arm while the brain is contained in the other
arm, the seat of locomotor control being in that part of the brani
which is in the lever end farthest from the chin, as indicated in
sketches shown. The effect there on one side of the brain inhibi-
ited the use of the leg of the opposite side, &c. Some contre-coup
injuries were similarly explained. The importance of the study
of these and certain related principles, their application, and the
practice of jarring to produce deep effects in the treatment of head
maladies was urged.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Page.
Accidents, results of, on bones of animals.... xl

Aclcer, Dr. Goo. N xi

Ackerman, Ensign A. A xi

Actinomyces xlii

Aetinomykosis xlii, xliii

Address, presidential xxviii

Address, presidential, for 1SS2 xx.xviii, 1

Address, presidential, for 1883 xlviii, 41

Agassi/,, Mr. Alexander ix

Ailanthus moth xlii

Alaska, Hydrocorallinse from Ivii, 111

Alauda bl.ikistoni, n. s '. 98

Albatross, str., ichthyologieal results by xliii

Albatross, steamer, recent cruise of Ixvii

Alewife in lakes of New York xxxvi

Allen, Prof. Harrison ix

Allen, Mr. .J. A , ix, 7

Allen on influence of temperature on distri-
bution of animals 7

Allopora Moseleyi, n. s 113

AUopora papillosa, n. s 113

Allopora Verrillii, n. s Ill

Amendments to the constitution xxix, xxxii,

xxxviii, Iviii j

Ames, Mr. Delano xii

Amia calva, cranial osteology of. Ixv

Anrosthetics, effect of, on animals Ix

Anarthri Ixiv

Anas liyperboreus, note on 107

Anatomical collections of the Army Medical

Museum xlvii

Anatomy, logical method of teaching xlv

Anser albatus, note on 107

Anthropological Society xx.xvii, xlv, xlviii

Army Medical Museum, anatomical collec-
tions of. xlvii

Arrearages xxviii

Arrearages, penalty for xxi.x, xxxviii

Asaphus platycephalus li

Ashford, Dr. F. A .. xii

Assessments, collection of xxviii

Avifauna of the District of Columbia xxxiv

Bacillus tuberculosis liii

Bacteria Ixvi, Ixvii

Bag-worm, remarks on the xli, so

Baird, Prof. S. F *.. ix

Page.

Baker, Dr. Frank xii, xlii, xlv, xlvi

Baker- on the logical method of teaching

anatomy xlv

Baker on the new phrenology xlvi

Baker on dextral preference in man xlii

Balds of the .Southern Mountains »..xxxiii

Ballots, count of xxviii

Barker, Mr. .1. S xii

Barnard, Dr. W. S xii, xxxii, xlvii, lit;

Barnard on Ectoparasitic Trematodes xxxii

Barnard on massage et contre-coup xlvii, 116

Bates, Mr. H. H xxv

Bean, Dr. T. H....xii, xxxvi, xxxvii, xliv, xlviii,
1, liii, liv, Ivi, Ixi, Ixvi, 88, 99
Bean and Dresel on three new fishes from

the Gulf of Mexico liii, 99

Bean on arrested asymmetry in flounders... xliv

Bean on fish-culture 1, liv

Bean on Paralichthys dontatus xliv

Bean on the alewife in certain lakes of New

York xxxvi

Bean on the pipe-fish 1

Bean on the Salmonidte in Alaska Ixi

Bean on the white fishes of North America..lxvi

Bear, cinnamon xxxiii

Beckham, Mr. C. W xxv

Boe-fiy larvte xlii

Bendire, Capt. Chas xxv

Benedict, Mr. J. E xii, Ixvii

Benedict on a recent cruise of the steamer

Albatross Ixvii

Bessels, Dr. Emil xii

Beyer, Dr. H. G xii

Bigelow, Dr. H. R xii

Bigelow, Mr. R. P xii

Billings, Dr. J. S xii, xxxvii

Billings on germs and epidemics xxxvii

Biological notes from Brazil xxxix

Biology and classification xxxix

Bird-fauna of the District of Columbia,

changes in xxxv

Birds, description of new North American. .liii, 89

Birds, key to North American lii

Birds, new species of, from KamtschatUa

and the Commander Islands liii, 97

Birncy, Blr. H. H xii, xlii

Birney on the Ailanthus moth xlii

Birney, Gen. Wm xii, xxxi

Black bass, occipital ribs of Ixv

Bladensburg, field meeting at xli, xlii

U!)

120

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON

Page. I

Blish, Ensign J. B xii

Boring of ship-worms xl

Botanical Society, Washington xliii

Bransford, Dr. J. F xii

Bre\rer, Prof. William H ix

Brewster, Mr. William ix

Britton, Mr. Wiley xiii, Ixvi

Britton on the buffalo gnat Ixvi

Bromwell, Dr. J. R xiii

Brooks, Prof W. K ix

Brown, Mr. J. T xiii

Brown, Mr. S. C xiii

Browne, Dr. J. M xiii

Bruner, Mr. L xiii

Bryan, Dr. J. H xiii

Bull snake, epiglottis of the xliii

Burdick, Mr. E. A xiii

Burgess, Mr. E. S xiii

Burnett, Dr. S. M xiii, liv

Burnett on tuberculosis liv

Busey, Dr. S. C xiii

Butterfly larva, burrowing xiii

c.

California, HydrocoralliniB from, Ivii, ill

Calodromas, note on the generic name liii, 97

Calnpozus, new generic name 97

Canby, Mr. W. J xiii

Canons of the Colorado xlvi

Carbonate of iron in coal xl

Carman, Dr. M. A xiii

Carpocap.?a saltitans xxxiv

Carpodacus hsf morrhous, earliest name of... 110

Cat, domestic instinct in the xliv

Ceratophyllum xliv

Centrarchidte Ixv

Cerop.sylla, new genus of Psyllidie 7ii

Ceropsylla sideroxyli, new species 7(1

Ceryle supereiliosa stictoptera, n. s 93

Chamberlin, Mr. T. C, on the great ice inva-
sion of North America xlvi

Chappel, Dr. J. W xiii

Chase, Ensign H. S xiii

Chester, Comdr. C. M xiii

Chickcring, Prof. J. W., Jr.. .xiii, xxxiii, xxxv, xii
Chiekering on the "balds" of the Southern

Mountains xxxiii

Chiekering on the grasses xxxv

Chiekering on physical features of Mfc. Ka-

tahdin xii

Chiekering, Mr. J. J xiv

Child life among savage and uncivilized

peoples xlvi

Chinese medicines Ixv

Christie, Mr. A. S xiv

Cladodontidic Ixiv

Clams, giant, of the Pacific x.xxix

Clark, Mr. A. H xiv

Page.

Clarke, F. W., on lightning and lightning

rods xlvi

Cliffs and terraces xlvi

Clupea vernalis xxxvi

Cluster flies xxxii

Colaptes mexicanus satnratior, n. s 90

CoUett, Dr. Robert x

Collins, Mr. J. F xiv

Collins, Capt. J. W xiv

Commander Islands, new species of birds

irom. liii, 07

Committee on communications viii

Committee on lectures viii, x.x.xii, xiv

Committee on publications viii

Committee on trees and shrubs of Washing-
ton viii, xxxiv, xx.yv, Ixvii

Committees, how appointed xxviii

Comstock, Prof. J. H xiv

Conant, Mr. W. P xiv, xxxii

Conant on two cases of snake bite xxxii

Constitution xxvii

Constitution, amendments to xxix, xxxii,

xxxviii, Iviii

Cope, Prof. E. D x, xlvi

Cope on origin of human physiognomy xlvi

Coral snake, bite of xxxi

Coregonus Kennicottii Ixi, Ixii

Coregonus Laurettte Ixi, Ixii

Coregonus lavaretus Ixvi

Coregonus, near Merkii Ixi, Ixii

Coregonus Nelsonii Ixi, Ixii

Coregonus quadrilateralis Ixi, Ixii

Correspondence, conduct of. xxviii

Corvus grebnitskii, n. s 97

Coues, Dr. Elliott xiv, xxxiv, xx.xvii, xxxviii,

li, lii, Ixv

Coues, key to North American birds lii

Coues on American Rodentia Ixv

Coues on avifauna of District of Columbia..xxxiv

Coues on North American ornithology li

Coues on zoological nomenclature applied to

histology xxxviii

Council, composition of xxvii

Council, duties of. xxviii

Council, ex-officio members of Iviii

Council, list of, l.ss:5 xxxvii

Council, list of, 1884 vii, xlviii

Council, quorum of xxvii

Cox, Mr. W. V xiv

Cristellaria Ixvii i

Crossbills, review of the American 101

Currents, ocean xxxv

Cyuips saltatorius xxxiv

D.

Dall, Mv. W. H xiv, xxxii, xxxv, xxxvii

xlviii, Ivii, Iviii, 111
Dall on cluster flies xxxii

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

121

Page.

Dall on fishery exports of S.aii Francisco Iviii

Dall on Hydrocorallina} from Alaska and

California Ivii, Ul

Dall on ocean currents x.xxv

Dall on pearls and pearl fisheries xx::vii

Dall on the prepotency of the male parent... Ivii

Davis, Mr. H. C xiv

Deep-sea fish, a curious xlv

Dendrocopos immaculatus, n. s 08

Derby, Prof. O. A x, xxxix

Derby, biolosieal notes from Brazil xxxl.x

Dewey, Mr. F. P xiv

De.xtral preference in man xlii

Dicotyledons, Mesozoic xliv

Diller, Mr. J. S xxv, lii

Dilier on metamorphic rock with fossils lii

Disbursements xxviii

Dodge, Mr. 0. R xiv

Dosh, Mr. F. B xiv

Dredging and marine collecting at Point

Barrow l.xi

Dresel, Ensign H. G xiv, liii, <,)0

Dutton, Capt. C. E xxxvii, xlvi

Dutton on rivers xxxvii

Dutton on the Hawaiian islands and people. .xlvi
Duttoii on volcanoes , xlvi

Eagles, Kamtschatkan ... Ivii

Earll, Mr. R. E xiv, Iv

Earll on fish-culture Iv

Echeneidids, relations of the x.xxi

Eggleston, Rev. N. H xxv

Egg membrane in fishes xlvii

Elephant, mental capacity of the .\1

Elliott, Mr. H. W xiv, xlvii

Elliott on appetite of muskrat .xlvii

Ellzey, Dr. M. G xv, xxxix, Ivii

Ellzey on hybrid sterility x.x.xi.x

Ellzey on the prepotency of the male par-
ent Ivii

Engelraann, Dr. George, personal reminis-
cences of. Ivii

Enthoffer, Mr. J xv

Errina Pourtalesii, n. s 11-t

Eskimo life at Point Barrow .xlvi

Ex-presidents of the Society Iviii

F.

Falls, I\Ir. M. S '... xv

Farlow, Prof. W. G x

Fattening process in the oyster, rationale

of x.xxi ii

Faunas, type most fitted to e.xpress 28

Pee, annual xxix, xxxviii

Fee, initiation xxix, xxxviii

Fees, collection of xxviii

Page.

Ferguson, Major T. B xv

Fish-culture, aims and limitations of xlix, I

Fish-culture, what it has first to accomplish., liv

Fishery exports of San Francisco Iviii

Fishes, new genus and species of pedicu-

late Ivi, 88

Fishes, three new species from Gulf of Mex-
ico liii, 09

Fish in rivers, the influence of temperature

on Ivi

Fletcher, Dr. Robert xv, xxxvii

Fletcher on human proportion in art and an-

thropomctrj' xx.xvii

Flint, Dr. J. M xv, Ixv

Flint on Chinese medicines Ixv

Flora-Columbiana, additions to, during'8^..xxxiv

Flounders, arrested asymmetry in xliv

Flower, Prof. W. H xxv

Foraminifera of genus Lagena Ixviii

Foreman, Dr. E xv, .xxxiii

Foreman on trees and shrubs of Washing-
ton xxxiv

Fossil plants from the Yellowstone xlii

Fossil timber, supposed deposit of, xliv

Foster, Mr. R xv

Fox, Mr. W. H xv

Franzoni, Dr. C. W xv

Fresh-water shells from Lower Carbonifer-
ous xliv

Friedrieh, Dr. L. L xv

Fristoc, Prof. E. T .xv

Fungus of foreign grape vine xlv

G.

Galls, jumping seeds and x.x.xiv

Gambusia patraelis Ixviii

Gannett, Mr. Henry .xv

Garrett, Ensign L. M xv

Garter snake, mode of climbing xli

Geare, Mr. R. I xxv

Gednoy, Mr. C. D xv

Geological history of the North .American

Continent, biologically considered xlviii, 41

Germs and epidemics xxxvii

Giglioli, Dr. E. H x

Gihon, Dr. A. L xv

Gilbert, Mr. G. K xvi, xlvi

Gilbert on cliffs and terraces xlvi

Gill, Dr. Theo....xvi, .xx.xi, xxxv, .x.xxvii, xxxviii>
-xliii, xlv, xlviii, Ixiii, 1

Gill on a curious deep-sea fish xlv

Gill on iohthyological results by steamer

Albatross xliii

Gill on mythical animals x.xxvii

Gill on principles of zoogeography xxxviii, 1

Gill on the Echeneidids xx.xi

Gill on the Squall Ixiii

Gill on the Stroniatcidtc x.'c.xv

122

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.

Gilpin, Dr. G. E xvi

Gnat, buffiilo Ixvi

Godding, Dr. W. W., on what shall we do

with the inebriates xlvi

Godwin, Mr. H. P xvi

Goode, Mr. G. Brown. ..xvi, xxxii, xxxvii, xlviii,

xlix, Ivi, 88
Goode and Bean on a new pediculate fish..lvi, 88

Goode on modern fish-culture xlix

Goodrich, Mr. J. K xvi

Gore, Prof. .J. H xvi

Grasses, the xxxv

Gray, Prof. Asa x

Griffith, Dr. S. H xvi

Guacharo bird of Trinidad xlix

Gurley, Dr. Pv.. R xvi

H.

Hagner, Dr. C. E xvi

Haliieetus leucocephalus Ivii

Halii'cetus hypoleucus Ivii

Halieutella, n. g 88

Halieutella lappa, n. s Ivi, 88

Hamilton, Dr. J. B xvi

Hassler, Dr. F. A xvi

Hatcliing period of the domestic fowl xl

Hawaiian islands and people xlvi

Havves, Dr. G. W xvi

Hawkes, Dr. W. H xvi

Hayden, Ensign E. E xvi,.lxvii

Hayden on figuring fossil leaves Ixvii

Henshaw, Mr. H. W xvi

Hessel. Dr. R xvi

Heterodontidse Ixiv

Hexanchidas Ixiv

Hickling, Mr. D. P xvi

Hiekling, Mr. D. P., Jr xvii

Hitchcock, Mr. R xvii, xlvii, Ivii, Ixviii

Hitchcock on improved microscope .stand. .xlvii

Hitchcock on Orbitolitos Ivii

Hitchcock on the genus Lagena Ixviii

Hoadly, Dr. F. H xvii

Hoffman, Dr. W. J xvif

Horn, Dr. G. H xxv

Hornaday, Mr. W. T xvii, xl, xlix

Hornaday on mental capacity of the ele-
phant xl

Hornaday on the Guacharo bird xlix

Hough, Dr. F. B xvii

Hough, Mr. M. B. W xvii

Howard, Mr. L. O xvii

Howe, Dr. F. T xvii

Howland, Dr. E. P xvii, Ix

llowland on auicsthetics 1.x

Hubrecht, Prof. A. A. W x

Human fauna of the District of t'olum-

bia xxxix

Human physiognomy, origin of. xlvi

Pago.
Human proportion in art and anthropome-
try xxxvii

Hyatt, Prof. A x

Hybrid oaks of District of Columbia xli

Hybrid sterility xxxix

Hydrocorallinie from Alaska and Califor-
nia Ivii, 111

Hypomesus olidus Ixi

Hypomesus pretiosus Ixi

1

Ice invasion of North America xlvi

Indian mythology..... xxxvii

Industrial arts in modern history xlvi

Inebriates, wh;it to do with the xlvi

Ingersoll, Mr. E xvii

Insects, adaptation and interdependence be-
tween plants and xxxvii

Israel, Mr. G. R xvii

J.

Johnson, Mr. A. B xvii, xl

Johnson on ship-worms xl

Johnson, Mr. B. F xvii, xli

Johnson on garter snake xli

Johnson, Dr. J. T xvii

John.son, Mr. W. D xxv

Johnston, Dr. W. \V xvii

Jones, Mr. H. A xviii

Jordan, Prof. D. S x

Jouy. Mr. P. L xviii

Jumping seed, Mexican xli

Jumping seeds and galls xxxiv

K.

Kamtschatka, new birds from liii, 07

Katahdin, Mt., physical features of. xli

Kelly, Mr. T xviii

Kennan, Mr. Geo., on mountains and moun-
taineers of the Caucasus xxxvii

Kidder, Dr. J. H xviii, liii

Kidder on Bacillus tuberculosis liii

King, Dr. A. F. A xviii

Kingfisher, a new American liii, 95

Knapp, Mr. E. B xxv

Koebele, Mr. A .xviii

Kogia Goodei xlii

L.

Lagopus albus Iviii

Lagopus ridgwayi, n. s .Iviii, 1)8

Lawrence, Blr. Geo. N x

Lectures, committee on viii, xxxii, xlv

Lectures, Saturday xxxv, xxxvii, xlv, xlvi

Leo, Dr. Wm xviii

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

123

Page.

Leeeh, Mr. D xviii

Lehnert, Rev. E xviii

Lightning and lightning-rods xlvi

J.ignitied serpent of Brazil xxxvi

Lophortyx californieus biunne.'ipon'^^, n. s 04

Loxia eurvirostra bendirei li'l, 100

Loxia eurvirostra japonica, n. s l'>3, l(.Mi

Luoa.?, Mr. F. A xviii, xl

Lucas on resiilts of accidents upon bones of

wild animals ''I

Lyman, Hon. Theodore x

M. .

Male parent, prepotency of Ivii

Mallotns villosus Ixi

Mammals of Di.strict of Columbia xxxiii

Maun, Mr. B. P .- xix

Manna xliii, xliv

Marcou, Mr. J. B xix

Marsh, Ensign C. C xix

Marsh, Prof. O. C xxv

Martin, Prof. H. N x

Martin, Mr. Frank xix

Marx, Mr. Ueorge xix

Mason, Dr. John J xxxii

Mason, Prof. O. T xix, xxxv, xxxvii, xxxix,

xlvi, xlviii
Mason on child life among savage and un-
civilized peoples xlvi

Mason on races of men xxxvii

Mason on the circle of the sciences xxxv

Blason on the human fauna of the District

of Columbia xxxix

Massage et contrecoup xlvii, IIG

McArdle, Dr. T. E xviii

McClain, Ensign C. S xviii

McConnell, Dr. J. C xviii

McDonald, Col. M xviii, Ivi

McDonald on distribution of shad hi

McDonald on influence of temperature on

fish in rivers Ivi

McElhone, Mr. .1. F xviii

McGee, Mr. W. J xix

McMurtrie, Dr. VV xix

Meeting, annual xxviii

Meeting, third annual xxxvi

Meeting, fourth annual xlvii

Meeting, day of xlvii, li

Meeting, fourth anniversary xlviii

Meetings, field xxix, xli, xlii

Meetings, notice of xxviii

Meetings, special xxix

Meetings, stated xxviii

Members, classification of xxvii

Members, election of xxvii

Members, list of ix

Members, non-resident xxix, xxxviii

Membership, admission of women to xxxi

Page.

Membership, proposals for xxvii

Blerrill, Mr. G. P xix, xl, liii

Merrill on motamorphic rode with fossils ... liii'

Merrill on siderite in coal xl

Mesmerism in animaN xxxvii

Metamorphic rock with fossils li, lii

Mexico, Gulf of, three new fishes from liii, ill)

Micrococci '. .xliv

Micrometer invented by Dr. Taylor Ixvi

Micropterus sal m "ides Ixv

Microscope stand xlvii

Microscopic objects, projecting images of,

on screen Ixvii

Miller, Mr. Benj xix

Miner, Ensign R. H xix

Blinutes of proceedings xxviii

Blitrephoriis pallescens, type specimens of.. 108

Monachus tropicalis xliv

Morse, Prof. E. S x, xlvi

Morse on .Japanese social life xlvi

Moseley, Prof. H. N xi

Mo^er, Lieut. J. F xxvi

Mountains and mountaineers of the Cau-
casus xxxvii

Murdoch, Mr. J xix, xlvi, Ixi

Murdoch on dredging at Point Barrow Ixi

Murdoch on Eskimo life at Point l^arrow -xlvi

Museicapa falvifrons, type specimens of 108

Muskrat, anatomical details of Ixiv

Muskrat, appetite of xlvii

Myiarchus lawreneei olivascens, n. s 91

Myiarchus mexicanus magister, n. s 00

Myodes Iviii

Mythical animals xxxvii

N.

Name of the Society xxvii

Naphthaline as an insecticide xlvi

Naphthaline, effects of, on plants and ani-
mals xlvii

Nelson, Mr. E. VV xix

Nelson, Dr. H. C xix

Netto, Mr. F. L xix

Newberry, Prof. J. S., on the industrial arts

as factors in modern history .xlvi

Newcomb, Prof. S., on psychic force xlvi

Niblack, Ensign A. P xix

Nichols, Lieut. Comdr. IL E xxvi

Nodosaria 1 xviii

Nomenclature, zoological, applied to histol-
ogy ■. xx.xviii

Norris, Dr. Basil xx

Notidanidte Ixiv

Oaks, hybrid, of District of Columbia xli

(Objects of the Societj' x.xvii

124

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page

Oculina Ivii

Officer?, classification of xxvii

Officers, election of. xxviii

Officers for 1883 xxxvi

Officers for 1884 xlviii

Officers, list of. vii

Officers, term of office xxviii

Oidiiim Tuckeri xlv

Oncorhynchus chonioha Ixi, Ixiii

Oncorhynchus gnrbuscha Ixi, Ixiii

Oncorhynelius keta Ixi, Ixiii

Oncorliynelius kisutch Ixi, ixiii

Oncorhynchus nerlva Ixi, Ixiii

Ophichthys gnttifer, n. s 100

Opistharthri Ixiv

Orbitolites Ivii

Orcynus thynnus Ixv

Order of business xxix

Ornithology, North American li

Osmerus dentex Ixi

Osmerus eperlanus Ixi

Osmerus mordax l-xi

Osmerus spirinchus l.xi

Ourt, Dr. A. J xx

Oysters, hermaphroditic -xl

P.

Paehypsylla, new genus of Psyllida^ 71

Pachypsylla (Blastophy.sa) (!.-gemma, n. s...7-l,T.')

Paehypsylla celtidis-mamma 7:i, 75

Pachyp.sylla venuwta 72, 75

Packard, Prof. A. S xi

Paleontology, the teachings of xxxvii

Palmer, Dr. W.G xx

Paraliclithys den tat us xliv

Parasitic mites in domestic fowls xli

Parasitic worm in the egg of common hen... .xli

Parker, Mr. P., .Jr xx

Parson. Rev. W. E xx

Parus atricapillu? turneri, n. s 8i)

Patella, remarks on the Ivii

Patton, Mr. H. B xx

Patton, Mr. W. H xx

Pearls and pearl fisheries x.xxvii

Pear tree blight xxxiv

Pedicecetes phasianellus campestris, n. s 93

Pergande, Mr. T xx

Persons, Dr. R. (! ::x

Phalacrocorax dilopluis albociliiitns, u. s 94

Phillips, Mr. L. E xx

Philosophical Society xlv, xlviii

Photography, a new method of figuring fos-
sil leaves by Ixvii

Phrenology, the new xlvi

Phycis floridanus, n. s lOo

Phytopus olcivorus Ix

Pica camtschatica, n. s !i7

Pine trees of North America xxxiii

Page.

Pipe-fish ' 1

Pityophis xliii

Plant life of the globe xx.xvii

Plants and insects, adaptation and interde-
pendence between xxxvii

Porter, Dr. J. H xx

Potter, Dr. Z. H xx

Powell, I\Iaj. J. \V x.x, xxxvii, xlvi, xlviii

Powell on canons of the Colorado ..xlvi

Powell on Indian mythology xxxvii

Powell on AVin-tun mythology .xlvi

Prentiss, Dr. D. W..xx, xx.xiv, xxxv, xxxvii, xlviii
Prentiss on changes in the bird fauna of the

District of Columbia xx.xv

Prentiss on mesmerism in animals xxxvii

President, duties of xxviii

President, retiring xxviii

Presidential address xxviii

Presidential address for 1882 x.x.xviii, 1

Presidential address for 1883 xlviii, 41

Proarthri Ixiv

Proceedings xx.xi

Proceedings, second edition of vol. I xxxv

Protoplasm and karyokynesis, structures

of xxxi.x

Protoplasm in the light of recent investiga-
tions xlvi

Psaltriparus grinda^, notes on liii, 90

Psaltriparus minimus ealifornicus, n. s 89

Pseudo bacteria Ixvi

Psychic force xlvi

Psyllidte, notes on North American 07

Psyllidce, described species of North Ameri-
can 08

Ptarmigan, shedding of claws in the Iviii

Plernodonta Ixiii

Quadrupeds, swimming..

.xxxv

R.

Races of men xx

Rathbun, Mr. R xx, xxxvii, xlviii,

Rathbun on Oculina

Ran, Dr. Chas

Realm, Afrogiean

Realm, Amphigwan

Realm, Anglogtean or Arctamerican

Realm, Antarctalian

Realm, Antarctic or South Circumpolar

Realm, Arctalian

Realm, Arctic

Realm,'Austrog;ean

Realm, Basjalian

Realm, Dendrogwan

Realm, Europseo-Asiatic or Palsearctic

Realm, Eiirygasan or Eurasiatio

xvii
Ivii
bii

XX

20
22
17
30
10
33
10
22
37
21
9
19

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

125

Page.

Realm, Iiulo-Afriean 11

Realm, Indogi»aii li*

Realm, Lemurian or Bfalagasy 13

Realm, Nesogsean 24

Realm, North American temperate 9

Realm, Notalian 35

Realm, Ornithogiean 23

Realm, Pararetalian 34

Realm, South American temperate 14

Realm, Tropicalian 34

Region, Nearetio 0

Reyburn, Dr. R xx

Rhees, Mr. \V. J xxi

Rhinae Ixiv

Rhinopsylla, new genus of Psyllida; 77

Rhinopsylla Sehwarzii, n. s 78

Rhytina xl

Richey, Dr. S. O xxi

Ridgway, Mr. R xxi, liii, 89, 95, 96, 97, 101, 107,

108, 110

Ridgway on American crossbills 101

Ridgway on Anas hyperboreus and Anser al-

batus 107

Ridgway on Carpodacus hsemorrhous 110

Ridgway on generic name Calo'dromas liii, 97

Ridgway on Muscicapa fulyifrons and Mi-

trephorus pallescens los

Ridgway on new American kingfisher liii, 95

Ridgway on new North American birds. ...liii, 89

Ridgway on Psaltriparus grindiB liii, 96

Riley, Prof. C. V..xxi, xxxii, xxxiv, xxxvi, xxxvii,
xli, xlii, xliii, xlvi, xlviii, Ivi, Ivii, lix, Ixv, Ixvi,

C7, SO
Riley on auaptation and interdependence

between plants and insects xxxvii

Riley on bee-fly larvae xlii

* Riley on burrowing butterfly larva xlii

Riley on jumping seeds and galls xxxiv

Riley on lignified serpent of Brazil xxxvi

Riley on manna xliii

Riley on Mexican jumping seed xli

Riley on naphthaline as an insecticide xlvi

Riley on North American Psyllidje 07

Riley on rust of oranges lix

Riley on the bag- worm xli, 80

Riley on the buffalo gnat Ixvi

Riley on the late Dr. George Engelmann Ivii

Rivers xxxvii

Rodentia, American Ixv

Russell, Mr. I. C xxi

Rust of oranges lix

Ryder, Jlr. J. A. ...xxi, xxxiii, xxxvi, xxxix, xl,
xlvi, xlvii, xlviii, 1, Ixvii
Ryder on a hybrid between shad and rook-
fish xxxvi

Ryder on development of viviparous min-
nows ' Ixvii

Ryder on hermaphroditic oysters xl

Ryder on protoplasm xlvi

Page.
Ryder on protoplasm and kaiyokyncsis... xxxix

Ryder on Siphostoma 1

Ryder on structure of egg membrane in

fishes xlvii

Ryder on the fattening process in the oys-
ter xxxiii

s.

Safford, Ensign W. E xxi

Salix eordata liii

Salmo Gairdnerii Ixi, Ixii

.Salmo purpuratus Ixi, Ixii

Salmon, Dr. D. E xxi, xliii, liv

Salmon on actinomykosis xliii

Salmon on tuberculosis liv

Salmonidfe, distribution of, in .Maska .' Ixi

Salvelinus malma Ixi, Ixii

Samia Cynthia xlii

Saturday lectures, 1882-83 xxxv

Saturday lectures, 1883 xxxvii

Saturday lectures, 1881 xlv, xlvi

Sayles, Mr. I xxvi

Schteffer, Dr. E. M xxi, xliv

ScliajfFer on Ceratophyllum xliv

SchiEfi'er on manna xliv

Schonborn, Mr. H xxi

Schuermann, Mr. C. W xxi

Sehwarz, Mr. E. A xxi

Sciences, the circle of the xxxv

Scombridre Ixv

Scudder, Jlr. C. W xxi

Scudder, Mr. N. P xxi, xxxix, xl, Ixiv

Scudder on anatomical details of muskrat...lxiv

Scudder on biology and classification xxxix

Scudder on hatching period of the dome.stic

fowl xl

Scudder, Mr. S. H xi

Sea-cow, arctic xl

Seal, West Indian xliv

Seaman, Dr. W. H xxi, liii

Seaman on scars of diamond willow liii

Seaton, Mr. C. W xxii

Secretaries, duties of „ xxviii

Section cutting and mounting of hard woods xl

Sections, formation of xxviii

Seeds and galls, jumping xxxiv, xli

Selachophiehthyoidei Ixiii

Shad, distribution of. Ivi

Sheldon, Mr. C. S xxii

Shufeldt, Dr. R. W xxii, xlvii, Ivii, Ixv

Shufeldton the patella Ivii

Shufeldt on anatomical collections of Army

Medical Museum xlvii

Shufeldt on occipital ribs of black bass Ixv

Shute, Dr. D. K xxii

Siderite xl

Simulium Ixvi

Siphostoma , I

126

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON.

Page.

Siphostoma erinigerum, n. s 93

Smiley, Jlr. C. W xxii, I, liv

Smiley on fisli culture

Smiley on what fish-culture has first to ac-
complish liv

Smillie, Mr. T. W xxii

Smith, Prof. S. I xi

Smith, Dr. T.. xxvi

Smith, Dr. T. C xxii

Smith, Mr. W. il xxii

Snake bite, two ca.ses of xxxii

Social life among the Japanese xlvi

Sperr, Mr. F. W xxii

Squali, system of the Ixiii

SquatinidiE Ixiv

Steatornis caripensis xlix

Stejneger, Mr. L xxii, xli, liii, Ivii, Iviii, 97

Stejneger on Kamtsehatlian eagles Ivi^

Stejneger on new birds from Kamtschatka

and the Commander Islands liii, 9"

Stejneger on shedding of chiw.s in ptarmi-
gan Iviii

Stenodus Mackenzii Ixi, Ixii

Stephanoberycidre xlv

Sternberg, Dr. G. 31 xxii, xliv

Sternberg on micrococci xliv

Stevenson, Col. J xxii

Stewart, Mr. A. H xxii

Stimpson, Mr. W. G xxii

Streets, Dr. T. H xxii

Stromateidse, chaiacters and relations of...xxxv
Sugar industry of the North ixlvi

Tarr, Mr. R. S xxii

Taylor, Mr. P. W xxii

Taylor, Mr. J. H ....xxiii

Taylor, Dr. Tlios... xxiii, xxxiv, xl, xli, xlii, xlv,

xlvii, Ixvi, Ixvii

Taylor on actinomykosis xlii

Taylor on a new parasite in fowls xl

Taylor on naphthaline xlvii

'I'aylor on new micrometer Ixvi

Taylor on Oidium Tuekeri xlv

Taylor on parasitic mites in domestic fowls., xli
Taylor on projection of microscopic olijeets

on screen Ixvii

Taylor on pseudo bacteria Ixvi

Taylor on section cutting and mounting of

hard woods xl

Taylor on the pear-tree blight xxxiv

Taylor, Mr. W. B xxiii

Temperature, effect of, on distribution 27

Thalassoaetus pelagicus Ivii

Thalciclithys paeificus Ixi, Ixii

Thomas, Dr. C xxiii, Ixi

Thomas on growth of trees in determining

age of mounds .,..„ ,„...., !xi

Page.

Thymailus signifer Ixi, Ixii

Thyridopteryx epheli.erseformis xli, 80

Thompson, Dr. J. F xxiii

Todd, Prof. J. E xxiii

Toner, Dr. J. M xxiii

Treasurer, duties of xxviii

Trees and shrubs of District of Columtiia,

committee on xxxiv, xxxv, ixvii

Trees, growth of, in determining the age of

mounds Ixi

Trematodes, Ectoparasitic xxxii

Trichina, a new parasite in fowls of the na-
ture of xl

True, BIr. F. W xxiii, xxxi, xxxiii, xxxv,

xxxvii, xl, xli, xlii, xliv, xlviii

True on arctic sea-cow xl

True on bite of coral snake xxxi

True on cinnamon bear xxxiii

True on new pigmy sperm whale xlii

True on parasite from egg of common hen... xli

True on swimming quadrupeds xxxv

True on West Indian seal xliv

Tupper, Mr. J. B. T xxiii

Turner, Mr. H. W xxiii

Turner, Mr. L. M xxiii

Type most fitted to express faunas 28

Ulke, Mr. H xxiii

Upham, Mr. E. P xxiii

Vasey, Dr. Geo xxiii, xxxiii, xxxvii, xlviii

Vasey on pine trees of North America xxxiii

Velie, Dr. J. W xi

Verrill, Prof. A. E xi

Vice-presidents, duties of xxviii

Viviparous minnows, development of Ixviii

Volcanoes xlvi

"W.

Walcott, Mr. C. D xxiii, xliv, li, Hi

Walcott on Asaphus platycephalus li

Walcott on fresh water shells from Lower

Carboniferous xliv

Walcott on metamorphic rock with fossiIs..li, Hi

Wallace, Alfred Ru.ssel 2, 5

Wallace on geographical distribution of ani-
mals 2

Ward. Prof. L. F xxiv, xxxiii, xxxiv, xxxv,

xxxvii, xli, xlii, xliii, xliv, xlvii, xlviii,
xlix, li, liii, Ixvii, 84

Ward on achange in day of meeting xlvii, li

Ward on additions to flora Columbiana xxxiv

Ward on cultivated plants of District of Co-
lumbia Ixvii

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

12';

Page. I

Ward Oil diainond willow liii

Ward on tih^h culture...- ., xlix

Ward on fo.«sil plants from Yellowstone.. -xlii

Ward on oaks of District of Columbia xli

Ward on Jlesozoic dicotyledons xliv

Ward on plant life of the globe xxxvii

Ward on additions to tiora of Washington ... 81
Ward on supp('Sed deposit of fossil timber. ..xliv
Ward on the Washington Botanical Soeiety..xliii

Washington, plants added to flora of 84

Watson, Dr. Sereno xi

Weld, Mr. G. F xxiv

Welling, President J. C xlviii

West, Mr. H. L xxiv

Whale, new pigmy sperm xlii

White, Prof. C. A xxiv, xxxvi, xxxvii, xlii, xliii,

xliv, xlviii, 41

White on domestic instinct in the cat xliv

White on epiglottis of bull snake xliii

White on geological history of North Amer-
ica, biologically considered xlviii, 41

White on teachings of paleontology xxxvii

White, Dr. C. IT xxiv

White, Mr. M. P xxiv

White fishes of North America Ixvi

Wiley, Prof. H. W., on sugar industry xlvi

Williams, Mr. A xxiv

Willow, the diamond liii

Wilson, Dr. E. B xi

Wilson, Mr. J. O xxiv

Wilson, Mr. J. M xxiv

Page.

Wilson, Hon. W. L .x.xvi

Winslow, Lieut. F xxiv, xxxix

Winslovv on giant clams xxxix

Win-tun mythology xlvi

Woltiey, Dr. W. J xxiv

Women, admission of, to memljership x.xxi

Wortman, Mr. J. L xxvi

Y.

Yarnall, Dr. J. H xxiv

Yarrow, Dr. H. C xxiv

Yarrow, Mr. John xxiv

Yeates, Mr. W. S xxiv

Z.

Zone, frigid 31

Zone, temperate 31

Zone, torrid or coral-reef. 31

Zoogeographioal regions, character of. 5

Zoogeography, principles of. xxxviii, 1

Zoological continents 2

Zoological continents, character of 5

Zoological nomenclature xxxviii

Zoological provinces 3

Zoological realms 2, 3

Zoological regions 2, 3

Zoological regions, animals most important

in determining •>

Zumbr '.k. Dr. A xxiv

^!,m';,„^"'" 1IBKAH\

_MH__1ANC fl i